MENLO ACQUISITION CORP
10KSB, 2000-03-28
ELECTROMEDICAL & ELECTROTHERAPEUTIC APPARATUS
Previous: LEATHER FACTORY INC, 10-K, 2000-03-28
Next: AQUA CARE SYSTEMS INC /DE/, 10KSB40, 2000-03-28




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-KSB



         Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
                              Exchange Act of 1934

                      For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999

                         Commission file number 0-22136

                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



              Delaware                                           77-0332937
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (IRS Employer
 incorporation or organization)                         Identification No.)




                       100 Misty Lane Parsippany, NJ 07054
               (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)


       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (973) 560-1400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

          Title of each class:
     Common stock $0.0001 par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
by  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes           No X

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-B is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best  of  the  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form  10-KSB or any
amendment to the Form 10-KSB. [ X}

At March 28, 2000 the  registrant  had issued and  outstanding  an  aggregate of
5,263,348 shares of its common stock.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on June 7, 2000, are incorporated by reference in Part III. The
Company's proxy statement will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 1999.

The issuers revenues from its most recent fiscal year were $13,594,524.

Aggregate  market  value  of the  voting  stock  held by  non-affiliates  of the
registrant on March 28, 2000 was $597,128.

<PAGE>


                           Menlo Acquisition Corporation
                         Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
                  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999

                               Table of Contents

     PART I

       Item 1.    Description of Business
       Item 2.    Description of Property
       Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
       Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     PART II

       Item 5.    Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
       Item 6.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                     and Results of Operations
       Item 7.    Financial Statements
       Item 8.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                     Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     PART III

       Item 9.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons;
                     Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
       Item 10.   Executive Compensation
       Item 11.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
       Item 12.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
       Item 13.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

<PAGE>


ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The statements in this business  section that are  forward-looking  are based on
current   expectations   and  actual   results   may  differ   materially.   The
forward-looking   statements   include  those   regarding   future  adoption  of
regulations and statutes having an impact on the Company's business,  the impact
of current  regulations and statutes,  the possible impact of current and future
claims  against  the  Company  based  upon  negligence  and  other  theories  of
liability,  and the ability to successfully complete one or more acquisitions as
part  of the  Company's  growth  strategy.  Forward-looking  statements  involve
numerous  risks and  uncertainties  that could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially, including, but not limited to, the possibilities that the demand for
the  Company's  services may decline as a result of possible  changes in general
and  industry  specific  economic  conditions  and the  effects  of  competitive
services  and  pricing;  one or more  current or future  claims made against the
Company  may  result  in  substantial  liabilities;  and such  other  risks  and
uncertainties  as are  described  in reports  and other  documents  filed by the
Company from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Menlo Acquisition Corporation

Menlo   Acquisition   Corporation   ("Menlo")  is  a  publicly  traded  Delaware
Corporation  formerly doing business as Focus Surgery Inc.  ("Focus").  Menlo is
now a holding company engaged in acquiring other operating businesses.  Prior to
the  consummation  of the Second  Amended Plan of  Reorganization  in March 1999
further  described below,  Focus  specialized in the research and development of
techniques and equipment for non-invasive  surgeries. On February 9, 1996, Focus
filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code. In August
1996,  while in  bankruptcy,  Focus sold  substantially  all of its assets to an
unrelated  company.  As part of the sale,  Focus  transferred  all rights to the
"Focus   Surgery,   Inc."  name  to  the  buyer  and  amended  its  Articles  of
Incorporation to change its name to Menlo Acquisition Corporation.

Environmental Waste Management  Associates,  LLC, a New Jersey limited liability
company ("EWMA LLC"), and Environmental Waste Management Associates,  Inc. a New
Jersey  corporation  ("EWMA  Inc." and,  together  with EWMA LLC,  "EWMA"),  are
environmental consulting firms providing a broad range of environmental services
related to the  investigation and remediation of hazardous waste sites. EWMA has
offices in Parsippany and West Windsor, New Jersey.

Integrated Analytical Laboratories,  LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company
("IAL  LLC"),  and  Integrated  Analytical  Laboratories,   Inc.  a  New  Jersey
corporation ("IAL Inc." and, together with IAL LLC, "IAL"),  are firms providing
analytical   laboratory   services  to  the  environmental  and   pharmaceutical
industries. IAL is located in Randolph, New Jersey.

EWMA,  Inc.  and IAL,  Inc.  were  organized  under the laws of the State of New
Jersey in 1987 and each sold primarily all of their  respective  assets,  except
accounts receivable,  to the aforementioned limited liability companies in April
1997. EWMA, Inc. and IAL, Inc.  currently have no operations but exist primarily
for  the  purpose  of  collecting  outstanding  receivables.  Additionally,  the
personnel of EWMA and IAL remained as employees of EWMA, Inc. and IAL, Inc.

EWMA,  LLC;  EWMA,   Inc.;  IAL,  LLC;  and  IAL,  Inc.;  are  further  defined,
collectively,as "the Acquired Entities"

Reverse Acquisition:

On  March  10,  1999,  Menlo  and  the  Acquired  Entities  consummated  certain
transactions  pursuant to the Second Amended Plan of  Reorganization  filed with
the Bankruptcy  Court on August 12, 1998 and approved on August 26, 1998.  Menlo
converted  all of its  outstanding  shares of existing  common  stock to 263,348
shares of new common  stock with a par value of $.0001 per share.  Additionally,
Menlo  issued  5,000,000  shares of new common  stock in exchange for 99% of the
equity interest in the Acquired Entities (the "acquisition").  Subsequently, the
remaining 1% of the acquired  entities was purchased from an  affilliated  party
for a nominal amount ($1).

As a result of the  acquisition  and the  subsequent  1% purchase,  the Acquired
Entities became wholly owned subsidiaries of Menlo. Former owners and members of
the Acquired  Entities became the owners of  approximately  95% of the 5,263,348
shares  of  common  stock of Menlo  outstanding  upon  the  consummation  of the
acquisition.  Stockholders  of Menlo  prior  to the  acquisition  comprised  the
ownership  of  the  remaining  5% of  outstanding  shares  at  the  date  of the
acquisition. Therefore, the transaction was treated for accounting purposes as a
"purchase  business  combination"  and a "reverse  acquisition"  effective as of
March 10, 1999 in which Menlo was the legal  acquirer and the Acquired  Entities
were the accounting acquirer.

Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the accounting acquirer (the Acquired
Entities)  continued to be accounted for at their historical  carrying values as
of March 10, 1999. As further  explained in the Financial  Statements,  the fair
value of the 263,348  shares deemed to have been issued to the  stockholders  of
Menlo prior to the acquisition was included in the total cost of the acquisition
of Menlo. The total cost was then allocated to the fair values of the net assets
acquired  and the  excess  of the cost  over the  fair  value of the net  assets
acquired was allocated to goodwill.  The accompanying  consolidated statement of
operations for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998 reflect the results of
operations  of the Acquired  Entities.  Prior to the  acquisition , Menlo was in
bankruptcy and had limited operating  activity,  therefore no activity for Menlo
from the  effective  date of the  acquisition  is reflected in the  accompanying
statements.

Business and Management of Menlo

As a public  holding  company,  Menlo's sole assets are its  investments  in the
Acquired  Entities.  While Menlo is a public  reporting  company,  the  Acquired
Entities  will not be  reporting  companies,  and there is no present  intent to
register any of the Acquired Entities as a reporting company.  The management of
Menlo will overlap significantly with that of the Acquired Entities.

As a holding  company Menlo will not have ongoing  sources of revenues or income
apart from the Acquired Entities. Therefore, Menlo will be entirely dependent on
the financial ability of the Acquired Entities to pay dividends to it and on the
declaration and payment of such dividends by the Acquired  Entities for funds to
meet its  financial  obligations.  The Board of Directors  of Menlo,  which will
control the timing and amount of any  dividends,  initially  will be composed of
individuals closely associated with the Acquired Entities, and the former owners
of the Acquired  Entities will own  sufficient  Common Stock of Menlo to control
the election of directors in the future.

Environmental Waste Management Associates (EWMA) - Consulting Segment

General

EWMA  provides  a  broad  range  of   environmental   services  related  to  the
investigation and remediation of hazardous waste sites.  EWMA's services include
(i)  investigation  of the nature and extent of contamination at affected sites;
(ii) design of remedial treatment systems;  (iii) construction and management of
such treatment systems; (iv) regulatory assistance; and (v) real estate transfer
assistance.

At the time it commenced  operations in 1987,  EWMA primarily  performed Phase I
environmental  site  assessments and underground  storage tank removal.  Shortly
thereafter,  in response to its customers' needs, it substantially  expanded its
environmental  services and developed a  comprehensive  hazardous  waste service
line, including a broad range of services related to environmental investigation
and remediation of soil and groundwater.  More recently,  EWMA also has expanded
its  services  into the  areas of  industrial  hygiene  and  health  and  safety
compliance.

EWMA  generally   provides  services  for  its  customers  pursuant  to  written
agreements.  These  agreements  are  primarily on a "fixed  price"  basis,  with
additions and changes effected  through change orders,  and, to a lesser extent,
on a "time-and-materials" basis.

Services

EWMA provides  consulting,  engineering,  construction  and analytical  services
utilizing  a  diverse  staff of  qualified  scientists,  engineers,  geologists,
hydrogeologists,  industrial  hygienists and chemists.  Project management teams
are  organized  to  effect  efficient  communication,  technical  expertise  and
subcontractor support, in light of the nature and scope of each project.

EWMA also provides services to determine if an environmental  hazard exists at a
subject site and to assess the nature of any such risk, particularly in light of
the  nature  and  extent of the  hazard  with  respect  to human  health and the
environment.  Customers  generally seek these  services in connection  with real
estate transfers and site audits.  These services  include,  but are not limited
to,  historical data gathering and review,  site  investigation  and evaluation,
sample   collection   through   intrusive  and   non-intrusive   methods,   risk
determination and remedial design and implementation.

EWMA pioneered the use of "Plume  Dating," which is a method of determining  the
"age" of certain  contamination.  It is also a technique to help  determine  the
past,  present and future risk factors of environmental  hazards.  EWMA provides
Plume  Dating  services in  conjunction  with  "expert  witness"  testimony  for
customers and attorneys.  This "chemical finger printing" may help determine the
fair allocation of liability among responsible parties.

EWMA provides  remedial  design  services  based on the results of site history,
investigation  and risk  analysis.  Depending  on these  factors and  applicable
regulatory requirements,  a remedial design can take several forms, ranging from
natural  attenuation to large scale  treatment  systems to alternative  remedial
technologies.  EWMA assists  customers in  determining  the most cost  effective
method  of  remediation  and has the  capability  to  provide  a broad  range of
services  relating  to  the  design,  building,  maintenance  and  operation  of
appropriate   remediation  systems.  In  connection  with  its  remedial  design
services,  EWMA also  undertakes the processes  necessary for regulatory  permit
approval.

EWMA has extensive  experience in the design,  construction  and  maintenance of
treatment  systems.  Such  remedial  systems are designed to treat  contaminants
found in the soils and groundwater. Such contaminates generally are hydrocarbons
and solvents from leaking  underground  tanks and local spills.  EWMA's remedial
treatment  systems  are  designed  to  reduce  contamination  in the  soils  and
groundwater to levels acceptable for human health. Technologies utilized include
both in-situ and ex-situ  treatment,  chosen from among carbon  absorption,  air
stripping,   soil  venting,  air  sparging,   in-situ  oxidative  injection  and
biological  degradation.  EWMA continues to adopt and employ new technologies in
an ongoing attempt to provide the most cost effective remediation possible.

EWMA audits  facilities with respect to indoor air quality and health and safety
issues.  In addition,  EWMA designs and  implements  plans to address indoor air
quality  and health and  safety  concerns  at its  customers'  facilities.  Both
monitoring  of these  plans  and on site  services  are  necessary  to  document
compliance with applicable federal,  state and local requirements,  from federal
Occupational  Safety and Health  Administration  ("OSHA")  and Toxic  Substances
Control Act ("TSCA")  regulations to noise and nuisance  limitations  imposed by
local statute or ordinance.

EWMA also provides on-site, operational services to remove, replace and retrofit
underground storage tanks. EWMA provides a broad range of services in connection
with  compliance  with  applicable  federal  and  state  regulations.  EWMA also
provides  a range  of  other  operational  services,  including  excavation  and
backfilling of soils,  subsurface  exploration and support for treatment  system
installation.

Customers and Marketing

EWMA's customers are primarily private-sector  organizations.  During the fiscal
year ended  December 31, 1999,  approximately  95% of EWMA's gross revenues were
derived  from  private-sector  customers  with  the  remainder  associated  with
public-sector customers. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of EWMA's
revenues in 1999.

EWMA  identifies  new  customers   through   marketing   efforts,   utilizing  a
professional  sales and marketing  staff.  EWMA  participates in and presents at
trade shows and  technical  conferences  and produces  literature to support its
marketing program.

Competition

EWMA operates  primarily in New Jersey,  New York and  Pennsylvania and competes
against  companies  that are both  much  larger  and  smaller  than  EWMA.  EWMA
generally  competes  on the  basis of price  and  service,  including  technical
expertise.  EWMA  believes  that  it is  competitive  because  of  its  industry
contacts,  customer  relationships,  sales and  marketing  efforts,  competitive
pricing and technical expertise.

Personnel

EWMA  provides  its  services  through a staff of  approximately  65  employees,
consisting  of  approximately  45  professional   staff  (including   engineers,
geologists,  hydrogeologists  and biologists) and 20 support personnel.  None of
EWMA's  employees are  represented by a labor union,  and EWMA is not a party to
any collective  bargaining  agreement.  EWMA believes its employee relations are
good.

Integrated Analytical Laboratories (IAL) - Lab Segment

General

IAL  provides   analytical   laboratory   services  to  the   environmental  and
pharmaceutical   industries.   IAL's   services  also  include   collection  and
transportation  of  samples  from  the  customer's  site to the  laboratory  and
delivery of the results package to the customer.

Environmental  consulting and  remediation  companies  generally do not have the
in-house  capability to perform analytical  services,  as such, IAL historically
has serviced  such  companies.  Also,  because  companies in the  pharmaceutical
industry similarly frequently out-source analytical services,  IAL more recently
has  positioned  itself to capture this  pharmaceutical  business as well.  Many
large  pharmaceutical  companies  have  facilities  in and  around  New  Jersey.
Therefore,  IAL is both technically and geographically  well positioned to serve
this market.

IAL provides services on both a "job-by-job" and "bid" basis. Where projects are
undertaken on a job-by-job  basis,  IAL provides its customers  with a published
rate  sheet,  which  is  updated   periodically  based  upon  prevailing  market
conditions,  and which sets out the cost for each  analytical  parameter and the
time frame for each analysis to be completed.

IAL owns or leases with an option to purchase substantially all of the equipment
necessary to conduct the contracted  analyses.  This capital equipment is highly
sophisticated  and  maintenance  intensive.  Each type of  analysis  requires  a
specialized  type of equipment  that is maintained  and operated by  experienced
chemists according to applicable regulations and protocol.

IAL is required  by federal and state  regulations  to maintain  strict  Quality
Assurance/Quality   Control  ("QA/QC")  procedures.   IAL's  QA/QC  program  was
developed in  accordance  with the Good  Laboratory  Practices  and Current Good
Manufacturing  Practices of the U.S. Food and Drug  Administration  (the "FDA").
This program calls for routine and independent assessments of IAL's performance,
data and  procedures  to assure  compliance  with  approved  Standard  Operation
Procedures, which cover applicable aspects of the FDA's laboratory regulations.

To conduct its business, IAL also must maintain  certifications for each type of
analysis  performed  and from most  states  from  which IAL  receives  a sample,
although a number of states allow for certification  reciprocity.  IAL currently
runs approved soil,  wastewater and drinking water analyses for New Jersey,  New
York,  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island.  In  addition,   pursuant  to  available
certification  reciprocity,  IAL  currently  is permitted to receive and perform
analyses on samples from Pennsylvania, Colorado and Maryland. IAL also holds FDA
and U.S.  Department of Agriculture  ("USDA")  certifications to perform certain
analyses.  Once  granted,  continuation  of these  certifications  generally  is
subject  to annual  performance  evaluations,  as well as  periodic  unannounced
in-house audits of IAL's laboratory facilities.

Customers and Marketing

Substantially all of IAL's customers are  private-sector  organizations.  Except
for EWMA, which accounted for 16.7%, no single customer  accounted for more than
5% of IAL's gross revenues during fiscal 1999.

IAL identifies and attracts new customers  through  marketing  efforts utilizing
its in-house  professional sales and marketing staff. While IAL's facilities are
located in New Jersey,  it accepts and processes samples from any state in which
it currently is certified or in which  certification  reciprocity  permits it to
perform the desired  analysis.  IAL  participates  in trade shows and  technical
conferences and produces literature to support its marketing program.

Competition

There has been a consolidation of the laboratory  industry during the last three
to  four  years.  As  a  consequence,  pricing  of  analytical  services,  which
previously had been on a downward trend,  has stabilized.  However,  competition
continues to be primarily on the basis of price and service, including technical
expertise.  IAL  believes  that  its  competitive  pricing,  contacts,  customer
relationships,  sales and marketing efforts and technical  expertise allow it to
remain stable and competitive.  IAL competes against companies, certain of which
are substantially  larger,  but many of which are of approximately the same size
as, or smaller than, IAL.

Personnel

IAL  provides  its  services  through  a staff of  approximately  60  employees,
consisting  of  approximately  40  professional   staff  (including   engineers,
chemists,  biologists and other  scientists) and 20 support  personnel.  None of
IAL's employees are represented by a labor union,  and IAL is not a party to any
collective bargaining agreement. IAL believes its employee relations are good.

In-Situ Oxidative Technologies

In-Situ  Oxidative  Technologies  ("ISOTEC")  is  owned  50% by Dr.  Richard  S.
Greenberg, Menlo's Chief Executive Officer, and 50% by an unrelated third party.
ISOTEC  is in the  business  of  remediating  contaminated  properties  using  a
proprietary  in-situ  treatment  program.  The services  performed by ISOTEC are
similar in nature to those provided by the operating  segments of Menlo.  During
1999 and 1998, EWMA and IAL have generated  revenue  directly from ISOTEC in the
amounts of  approximately  $183,000 and $36,000,  respectively  (see the related
party footnote in the accompanying notes to consolidated  financial statements).
Additionally, the similar nature of ISOTEC's services has enabled EWMA to obtain
contracts  and generate  revenues with  unrelated  customers in the past and may
potentially enable it to continue to do so in the future.

On  December  6,  1999,  Menlo  entered  into an  agreement  with  ISOTEC and an
unrelated  third party to advance it operating  capital.  As of the date of this
agreement,  the  Company was owed  approximately  $195,000  for  services it had
provided on behalf of ISOTEC, of which approximately $162,000 was outstanding as
of  December  31,  1998.   In   consideration   for  Menlo   entering  into  the
aforementioned agreement, ISOTEC agreed to repay in full the outstanding balance
of  approximately  $195,000.  In addition,  Menlo was granted the opportunity to
purchase up to 50% of ISOTEC.

The  agreement  calls for Menlo to advance  operating  funds up to  $250,000  to
ISOTEC in equal amounts to that being advanced by the unrelated  third party. In
return,  Menlo  will  receive  an  option  to  purchase  20% of Dr.  Greenberg's
ownership  interest in ISOTEC (10% of the  Company)  for each $50,000 or portion
thereof loaned to ISOTEC. The options are exercisable through June 30, 2001 at a
price of $1,000 per option.  As of March 28, 2000,  Menlo had loaned  $80,000 to
ISOTEC  and  therefore  has  two  options  to  purchase  a  total  of 40% of Dr.
Greenberg's  interest (20% of the Company) for $2,000. Due to ISOTEC's financial
condition,  Menlo's $80,000 advance/option investment in ISOTEC is being carried
at $0. Management does not intend to make any advances in excess of the $250,000
total  commitment to ISOTEC until ISOTEC shows an improvement in their financial
condition and ability to pay.

Potential Liability and Insurance

The Company, in the normal course of business,  encounters  potential liability,
including claims for errors and omissions, resulting from the performance of its
services.  The Company is party to lawsuits and is aware of  potential  exposure
related to certain claims. In the opinion of management,  adequate provision has
been made for all known  liabilities that are currently  expected to result from
these  matters,  and in the  aggregate,  such claims are not  expected to have a
material  impact  on the  financial  position  and  liquidity  of  the  Company.
Currently,  the  Company is provided a $5 million  per  occurrence,  $10 million
aggregate  professional  services  insurance policy through an unrelated,  rated
carrier. The Company also maintains a general liability insurance policy with an
unrelated, rated carrier.

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

EWMA operates out of two facilities located in Parsippany and West Windsor,  New
Jersey. The Parsippany facility consists of approximately  18,000 square feet of
office space leased from Greenberg Property LLC, a company controlled by Richard
S. Greenberg.  The lease,  which is at $14 per square foot, expires in June 2007
and is subject to two  five-year  renewal  options.  The West  Windsor  facility
consists of approximately 5,200 square feet of office and warehouse space leased
from an unaffiliated  lessor. The lease, which is at $5 per square foot, expires
in December 2000. Additionally, EWMA leases a warehouse facility in Boonton, New
Jersey  utilized for  equipment  and supply  storage.  The facility  consists of
approximately  6400  square  feet at a cost of $6 per  square  foot.  The  lease
expires in December 2004 and is leased from an unaffiliated  Lessor.  Management
believes that EWMA's  facilities  are adequate for EWMA's current needs and will
support  anticipated  future growth for at least the next five years.  EWMA also
expects, based on current market conditions, that suitable additional space will
be available on commercially acceptable terms as required in the future.

IAL operates out of facilities  located in Randolph,  New Jersey,  consisting of
five units of office and warehouse space leased from an unaffiliated lessor. The
lease,  which calls for monthly  payments of $6,875,  expires in December  2000.
Management  has entered  into a contract to purchase  the  facility in which IAL
operates  from the  current  unaffiliated  lessor at a cost of  $1,850,000.  The
contract is subject to certain contingencies,  including a mortgage contingency,
which are not yet satisfied.  Purchase of the facility will support  anticipated
future  growth  for at least the next five  years.  IAL also  expects,  based on
current market conditions,  that suitable  additional space will be available on
commercially acceptable terms as required in the future.

The principal offices of Menlo  Acquisition  Corporation are located at the EWMA
facility.

Menlo  believes  that the space  afforded by its  properties is adequate for the
current needs of its businesses.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is currently  subject to certain claims and lawsuits  arising in the
ordinary  course  of  its  business.  In the  opinion  of  management,  adequate
provision has been made in the Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements for
all known  liabilities  that are currently  expected to result from these claims
and  lawsuits,  and in the  aggregate  such  claims are not  expected  to have a
material effect on the financial position of the Company.  The estimates used in
establishing  these  provisions  could differ from actual results.  Should these
provisions change  significantly,  the effect on operations for any quarterly or
annual reporting period could be material.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

The Company did not submit any  matters to the vote of security  holders  during
the fourth quarter of the fiscal year-ended December 31, 1999.

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

The shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  trade on the OTC  "Bulletin  Board"
under the symbol "MENL". The range of high and low reported closing sales prices
for the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq during the fiscal year ended December
31, 1999 were as follows:

                                         High                   Low
                                         ----                   ---
Fiscal Year 1999
- -------------------
Quarter Ended:
         March 31, 1999.............    $1.50                  $1.00
         June 30, 1999..............    $3.00                  $1.25
         September 30, 1999.........    $3.00                  $2.50
         December 31, 1999..........    $2.625                 $0.25

Fiscal Year 1998
- --------------------

Quarter Ended:
         March 31, 1998.............      *                      *
         June 30, 1998..............      *                      *
         September 30, 1998.........      *                      *
         December 31, 1998..........      *                      *

The prices set forth above reflect inter dealer prices,  without retail mark-up,
mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

*During 1998, there was a limited trading market for the shares of Focus,  which
had not yet emerged from bankruptcy.



Holders

On March 28, 2000, as reported by the Company's transfer agent, shares of Common
Stock were held by 367 holders of record.

Dividends

The Company did not pay any dividends during 1999. The payment by the Company of
dividends,  if any, is within the  discretion of the Board of Directors and will
depend on the Company's earnings, if any, its capital requirements and financial
condition,  as well as other relevant  factors.  The Board of Directors does not
intend to declare any dividends in the foreseeable  future,  but instead intends
to retain earnings, if any, for use in the Company's business operations.

ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                     AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cautionary Statement Regarding forward-Looking Statements

This  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  made  pursuant to the "safe
harbor" provisions of the Private Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The
statements  are  identified  by words  such as "will,"  "expect,"  "anticipate,"
"plans," or  "intends"  and by other  descriptions  of future  circumstances  or
conditions. Such statements are based on current expectations and actual results
may differ  materially.  The  forward-looking  statements  include,  but are not
limited to, the possible impact of current and future claims against the Company
based upon  negligence  and other  theories  of  liability,  the level of future
purchases  of  fixed  assets  and  the  possibility  of  the  Company's   making
acquisitions during the next 12 to 18 months. Forward-looking statements involve
numerous  risks and  uncertainties  that could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially, including, but not limited to, the possibilities that the demand for
the  Company's  services may decline as a result of possible  changes in general
and  industry  specific  economic  conditions  and the  effects  of  competitive
services  and  pricing;  one or more  current or future  claims made against the
Company  may  result  in  substantial  liabilities;  and such  other  risks  and
uncertainties  as are  described  in reports  and other  documents  filed by the
Company from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report.

Results of Operations
(In thousands of dollars, except share data)

The following tables set forth, for the years indicated: (i) the percentage that
certain items in the consolidated  statements of income and comprehensive income
of the  Company  bear to  gross  revenues,  and  (ii)  the  percentage  increase
(decrease) in dollar amounts of such items from year to year.

Comparison for Fiscal Years 1999 and 1998

                                                               Percentage
                                                                Increase
                                                               (Decrease)
                                                                 Fiscal
                                                                  Year
                                     Percentage                  Ended
                                  of Gross Revenue              12/31/99
                                  Fiscal Year Ended                vs.
                              12/31/99         12/31/98         12/31/98

Gross revenue                   100.0%          100.0%             5.8%
Direct project costs and other
   costs of operations           38.6            45.6            (10.5)%
                               ------          ------            -------
       Net revenue               61.4            54.4             19.5%
                               ------          ------            ------

Expenses:
    Labor and related expenses   13.6            14.6             (0.8)%
    Selling, general and
       administrative            38.0            37.8              6.3%
                              -------         -------           --------
       Totals                    51.6            52.4              4.3%
                               ------          ------            ------

Income from operations            9.8             2.0            404.2%

Other income (loss)               0.7            (2.6)           128.4%
                               ------         --------           ------

Income (loss) before income
   taxes                         10.5            (0.6)         2,108.5%
                                =====            =====         =========

Gross  revenues for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999 were $13,594 versus
$12,848 for the fiscal year 1998,  an increase of 5.8%.  Lab revenues  increased
$832 (net of inter-segment  billing) and Consulting  revenues decreased slightly
by $85.  Consulting revenue is composed of both hours billed by the professional
staff and  pass-through  billing of  subcontractor  costs associated with client
projects.  The amount of pass-through  billing decreased in 1999 versus 1998 but
was almost entirely offset by increased  utilization of the  professional  staff
versus the prior year. Profitability from hours billed is greater than that from
pass-through billing and resulted in increased income from operations as further
discussed below. The significant  increase in the revenue of the Lab segment was
a result of effective direct sales efforts from a larger sales force than in the
prior year, greater utilization of equipment used in performing Lab services and
the broadening of the customer base into the pharmaceutical industry.


Income  from  operations  was $1,331 in 1999 as  opposed to $264 for 1998.  This
represents an increase of 404.2%. Operating margins rose to 9.8% for the current
period from 2.0% for fiscal 1998.  The  increase in operating  income and margin
was due to higher  profitability in both the Consulting and Lab segments.  There
was a  significant  reduction  in the  dollar  amount  of direct  project  costs
incurred  in the  Consulting  segment  in  1999.  Consulting  revenue,  however,
remained  relatively  constant.  A  significantly  larger portion of revenue was
generated from  professional  services,  which is a more  profitable  component.
Therefore,   a  larger   percentage   of  revenue  was   recognized  as  income.
Profitability  of the Lab segment  resulted from the  increased  volume as noted
above. In the Lab segment,  marginal costs decrease as the volume increases.  It
costs  approximately  the same to  perform  one  analysis  as it does to perform
several  of  the  same  type.  Therefore,   as  analysis  volume  and  equipment
utilization  increase,  costs  remain  relatively  constant  and more  income is
generated.

Labor and related expenses remained relatively constant as compared to the prior
year.

Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  increased  6.3% compared to the
prior year  primarily due to the increase in the Lab segment  direct sales force
and their associated direct selling expenses.

Other  income  (loss),  which is composed of  interest  expense,  administrative
income and sundry, was 128.4% greater than in 1998. The 1998 other income (loss)
amount of  ($334)  included  a charge of $306  related  to the  write-off  of an
accounts  receivable from an insolvent  affiliate.  No such charges were made in
1999.  Interest  expense  decreased  62.6% in 1999 as  compared  to  1998.  This
decrease was due to limited use of a revolving line of credit  throughout  1999.
There  have been no  amounts  outstanding  on the line  since  early  March 1999
whereas  there was  significant  usage of the facility  during 1998  (Borrowings
averaged approximately $500 throughout 1998). Additionally,  interest charges on
an  equipment  loan  held  by the  Lab  segment  have  decreased  due to  normal
amortization of the loan throughout 1999.

Income  before taxes for the period was $1426  compared  with a loss of ($71) in
1998, an increase of 2,108.5%.  The substantial  increase in income before taxes
in 1999 resulted from the issues discussed above. Additionally, the results from
1998  included  non-recurring  items  such  as  the  affiliate  write-off.   Tax
provisions  were  recorded at an  effective  rate of 40% for both 1999 and 1998.
Basic net income  (loss)  per share was $.16 in 1999  versus a loss of ($.01) in
1998. The Company had 5,263,348 shares  outstanding at December 31, 1999 and the
December  31, 1998 per share amount was  calculated  assuming the same number of
shares  were also  effectively  outstanding  at that  date.  For the year  ended
December 31, 1999,  diluted  earnings per share have not been presented  because
there were no  additional  shares  derived  from the  assumed  exercise of stock
options and the  application  of the treasury  stock method.  For the year ended
December 31, 1998, the Company had no potentially dilutive common shares.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Net cash provided by  operations  for fiscal year 1999 was $2,852 as compared to
$510 for the prior  fiscal  year.  The  largest  factor of the  increase in cash
provided  by  operations  was the  implementation  of a new  project  accounting
software system in the Consulting  segment.  This enabled more timely billing of
the  Company's  services  and  resulting  in  improved  monitoring  of  accounts
receivable and quicker  conversion to cash.  Additional  factors  increasing the
cash  provided  by  operations  were:   substantial   increase  in  net  income,
implementation  of  more  stringent  cash  management  policies,  collection  of
accounts  receivable  from affiliated  companies and improved  vendor  relations
resulting in longer payment terms.

The Company made net capital  expenditures  on equipment and furnishings of $483
in 1999 compared to similar net capital expenditures of $484 the prior year. The
Company anticipates that its capital expenditures,  excluding acquisitions,  for
the upcoming year will be slightly  higher than those  incurred in 1999 in order
to maintain the technology within its Lab segment.  The Company utilized cash of
$506 in 1999 to re-pay, in full,  amounts  outstanding on its credit line and to
reduce a loan secured by equipment  used by the Lab  segment.  In 1998,  $694 of
cash was used for similar purposes.  Additionally,  for investment purposes, the
Company purchased $181 of marketable securities and approximately $500 of United
States  Government  securities  during 1999. No such  purchases were made during
1998.  Excess  operating  cash will continue to be invested in order to maximize
returns while maintaining acceptable risk tolerances.

The Company, in the normal course of business,  encounters  potential liability,
including claims for errors and omissions, resulting from the performance of its
services.  The Company is party to lawsuits and is aware of  potential  exposure
related to certain claims. In the opinion of management,  adequate provision has
been made for all known  liabilities that are currently  expected to result from
these  matters,  and in the  aggregate,  such claims are not  expected to have a
material  impact  on the  financial  position  and  liquidity  of  the  Company.
Currently,  the  Company is provided a $5 million  per  occurrence,  $10 million
aggregate  professional  services  insurance policy through an unrelated,  rated
carrier. The Company also maintains a general liability insurance policy with an
unrelated, rated carrier.

At December  31,  1999,  the Company  had cash and cash  equivalents  on hand of
$1,182.  The Company has a $750 revolving  credit line agreement that expires on
April 30,  2000.  The  banking  relationship  with the  current  lender  will be
terminated  at the  expiration  date of the credit  line.  Management  is in the
process of  negotiating  a similar line of credit as part of an overall  banking
relationship  with  a  new  lender.   Management  foresees  no  difficulties  in
finalizing  this new  relationship by the expiration date of the current one. At
December 31, 1999,  borrowings  under the line were $0 leaving $750 available to
the Company compared to $400  outstanding at December 31, 1998.  Borrowings were
available  to the Company at an interest  rate of 9.50% at December 31, 1999 and
8.50% at December  31, 1998.  The Company is in  compliance  with all  covenants
pertaining to the credit line agreement.

The Company  believes that its available  cash, as well as cash  generated  from
operations  and its  available  credit  line,  will be  sufficient  to meet  the
Company's  cash  requirements  for the balance of the fiscal  year.  The Company
intends  to  actively  search  for   acquisitions  to  expand  its  geographical
representation and enhance its technical capabilities.  Additionally,  the Board
of Directors has determined that acquisitions in aligned  businesses may provide
more  potential   users  of  the  Lab  segment  and  monetary   savings  due  to
consolidation  of  administrative  functions.  The Company  expects to utilize a
portion of its liquidity over the next 12 to 18 months for capital expenditures,
including  acquisitions  and  investments  in aligned  businesses.

Other than as  discussed  in Item 1. -  Description  of  Business,  there are no
present  agreements,  understandings  or other  arrangements with respect to any
acquisition or investment.  However,  future agreements concerning  acquisitions
may require the Company to obtain additional financing.

Year 2000 Compliance

The potential  risks of the Year 2000 issue were taken  seriously by the Company
and it devoted  resources to address the issue.  The Company  established a Year
2000  oversight  committee,  which was  assigned  to address the  following  key
components related to the Year 2000 issue:

          - Information applications, including the Company's project management
            and  accounting  systems
          - Computer  hardware,  software,  operating systems and network
            infrastructure including telecommunications systems
          - Facility and administrative systems
          - Major suppliers and customers' systems

The Company  also  conducted  an inventory  and  assessment  of its hardware and
software  for Year 2000  compliance.  All  non-compliant  components  identified
(hardware or software) were made compliant or replaced with compliant  versions.
Facility and administrative systems that support the Company (such as telephone,
security systems, etc.) were also assessed for Year 2000 compliance and required
upgrades to such hardware and software were completed.

The costs associated with Year 2000 compliance were not material and fell within
normally  anticipated  operating  and  capital  spending.  These  costs were not
material to the financial position of the Company.

The Company believes that the completion of its Year 2000 Project  significantly
reduced  the  probability  of  major   interruptions   to  its  normal  business
operations.  To date,  the Company  has not  experienced  any Year 2000  related
difficulties

Seasonal Trends

The Company does not believe that its business is subject to seasonal trends.

Inflation

The Company  does not believe that  inflation  had a  significant  impact on the
Company's results of operations for the periods presented.  On an ongoing basis,
the Company  attempts to minimize  any  effects of  inflation  on its  operating
results by controlling  operating  costs,  and,  whenever  possible,  seeking to
insure that billing rates reflect increases in costs due to inflation.

ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The  financial  statements  of the  Company are set forth in a separate
section of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB. See "Item 13. Exhibits and Reports
on Form 8-K" and the Index to  Financial  Statements  on page F-1 of this Annual
Report on Form 10-KSB.


ITEM 8.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None

<PAGE>


                  PART III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS;
         COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

See the section  captioned  "Election of  Directors"  included in the  Company's
Proxy  Statement in connection  with its Annual Meeting  scheduled to be held on
June 7, 2000, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

See the section  captioned  "Executive  Compensation"  included in the Company's
Proxy  Statement in connection  with its Annual Meeting  scheduled to be held on
June 7, 2000, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     (a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

     See the section captioned "Principal  Shareholders of the Company" included
in the Company's Proxy Statement in connection with its Annual Meeting scheduled
to be held on June 7, 2000 which section is incorporated herein by reference.

     (b) Security Ownership of Directors and Officers

     See the section captioned "Principal  Shareholders of the Company" included
in the Company's Proxy Statement in connection with its Annual Meeting scheduled
to be held on June 7, 2000, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

     (c) Changes in Control

     The Company knows of no contractual arrangements which may, at a subsequent
date, result in a change of control of the Company.

ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

See the section captioned "Certain Transactions" included in the Company's Proxy
Statement  in  connection   with  its  Annual  Meeting   scheduled  to  be  held
June 7, 2000, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         (a) Exhibits

         (1) The  financial  statements  of the Company and the report  thereon
          listed on the Index to  Financial  Statements  on page F-1  hereof are
          being filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB.

         (2) The  following  exhibits  are  being  filed as part of this
         Annual Report on Form 10-KSB:



          2.1*      Agreement with In-situ Oxidative Technologies, Inc., Richard
                    S.Greenberg, Michael Mandelbaum, Rosebud, LLC and the
                    Company.

          2.2       Second Amended Plan of Reorganization filed as of August 12,
                    1998 with the United States Bankruptcy  Court,(incorporated
                    by reference to Item 3 of the Company's Current Report on
                    Form 8-K filed October 29, 1998.)

          3.1*      Certificate of  Incorporation  of Focal Surgery,  Inc.
                    (former name of the Company)dated October 21, 1992.

          3.2*      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Focal
                    Surgery, Inc. (former name of the Company) dated
                    April 27, 1993.

          3.3*      Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate
                    of Incorporation of Focal Surgery, Inc.(former name of the
                    Company) dated September 24, 1993.

          3.4*      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of
                    Focal Surgery, Inc. (former name of the Company) dated
                    June 17, 1994.

          3.5*      Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of
                    Focus Surgery, Inc. (former name of the Company) dated
                    February 4,1997.

          3.6*      Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
                    Menlo Acquisition Corporation dated March 10,1999.

          3.7*      By-Laws of the Company.

          4.1*      Form of Certificate for Common Stock.

          4.2*      1999 Stock Option Plan of the Registrant.

          4.3*      Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 1999
                    Stock Option Plan.

          4.4*      Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1999
                    Stock Option Plan.

          10.1*     Lease  dated  as  of  June 23, 1997 between  Greenberg
                    Property, LLC and the Company.

          10.2*     Contract for property purchase dated as of February 2, 2000
                    between Integrated Analytical Laboratories, LLC and
                    East Morris Realty Associates, LLC, and Letter of Extension
                    Dated March 15, 2000.

          10.3*     Letter Agreement dated August 26, 1997 between PNC Bank,
                    National Association and Integrated Analytical
                    Laboratories, LLC.

          10.4*     Letter Agreement dated August 26, 1997 between PNC Bank,
                    National Association and Environmental Waste Management
                    Associates, LLC.

          10.5*     Letter Agreement dated February 22, 2000 between PNC Bank,
                    National Association and Environmental Waste Management
                    Associates, LLC.

          10.6      Employment Agreement dated as of June 1998 between the
                    Company and Lawrence B. Seidman  (incorporated by reference
                    to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                    filed May 10, 1999).

          10.7      Employment Agreement dated as of June 1998 between the
                    Company and Richard S. Greenberg (incorporated by reference
                    to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                    filed May 10, 1999).

          16        Letter on change in certifying accountant (incorporated by
                    reference to Item 4 of the Company's Current Report on
                    Form 8-K filed May 10, 1999).

          21*       Subsidiaries of the Registrant

          27*       Financial Data Schedule.
*Exhibits marked with an asterisk are attached as Exhibits to this Annual
  Report.

          (b)       Reports on Form 8-K

          No  reports on Form 8-K were  filed  during the fourth  quarter of the
period covered by this report.


<PAGE>


                                  SIGNATURES

In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                 Menlo Acquisition Corporation
                                 (Registrant)


                                 By:  /s/ Richard S. Greenberg
                                      ---------------------
                                      Richard S. Greenberg
                                      Chairman of the Board

                                 Date:  March 28, 2000


In accordance  with the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  this report has been
signed below by the  following  persons on behalf of the  registrant  and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

           Name                   Title                         Date
           ----                   -----                         ----

                             Chairman of the Board,        March 28, 2000
                             Chief Executive Officer
                             and Director (principal
 /s/ Richard S. Greenberg    executive officer)
 ------------------------
 Richard S. Greenberg

                             President, General Counsel    March 28, 2000
/s/ Lawrence B. Seidman      and Director
- -------------------------
 Lawrence B. Seidman

                             Chief Financial Officer       March 28, 2000
/s/Frank Russomanno          (principal financial and
- -------------------------    accounting officer)
 Frank Russomanno

/s/ George Greenberg         Secretary and Director        March 28, 2000
- -------------------------
George Greenberg








Exhibit (1)


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES




                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                        PAGE

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS                              F-2

CONSOLIDATED:
     BALANCE SHEETS
         DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998                                   F-3

     STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998                       F-4

     STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998                       F-5

     STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998                       F-6

     STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998                       F-7

     NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS                                    F-8/21



                                      * * *

                                      F-1
<PAGE>










                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Stockholders
Menlo Acquisition Corporation and Subsidiaries


We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated   balance  sheets  of  MENLO
ACQUISITION  CORPORATION AND  SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and
the related consolidated statements of operations,  comprehensive income (loss),
changes in stockholders'  equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of Menlo
Acquisition  Corporation and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and
their consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the years then ended
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                                   /s/ J.H. Cohn, LLP


Roseland, New Jersey
February 11, 2000

                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

                      ASSETS                           1999               1998
                      ------                           ----               ----
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                      $1,182,079       $    24,722
    Investments in marketable securities              722,400
    Accounts receivable:
       Trade, net of allowance for doubtful
          accounts of $614,315 and $565,855         3,879,474         4,832,722
       Unbilled receivables                            65,269           107,276
       Affiliates                                     109,545           284,963
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets          99,855            82,193
    Due from affiliate                                                   27,001
    Deferred tax assets                                34,276
                                                  -----------       -----------
              Total current assets                  6,092,898         5,358,877
Equipment and furnishings, net of accumulated
   depreciation of $964,903 and $550,220            1,087,663         1,019,842
Other assets                                           66,989            37,886
                                                  -----------       -----------

              Totals                               $7,247,550        $6,416,605
                                                   ==========        ==========

   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
    Notes payable - bank                                             $  400,000
    Current portion of long-term debt             $   106,248           106,248
    Accounts payable                                  942,071           610,201
    Customer deposits                                 444,685           522,725
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities            443,401           236,077
    Due stockholder                                                      54,825
    Deferred tax liabilities                                              7,300
                                                  -----------       -----------
              Total current liabilities             1,936,405         1,937,376
Long-term debt, noncurrent portion                    168,231           274,480
                                                  -----------       -----------
              Total liabilities                     2,104,636         2,211,856
                                                  -----------       -----------

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, $.0001 par value;
       2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued         -                  -
    Common stock, $.0001 par value; 40,000,000
       shares authorized; 5,263,348 and
       5,000,000 shares issued and outstanding            526               500
    Additional paid-in capital                      4,312,662         4,262,688
    Retained earnings (deficit)                       803,291           (58,439)
    Accumulated other comprehensive income
      - investment valuation allowance                 26,435
                                                  -----------        -----------
              Total stockholders' equity            5,142,914         4,204,749
                                                  -----------        -----------

              Totals                               $7,247,550        $6,416,605
                                                   ==========        ===========

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998




                                                     1999               1998
                                                     ----               ----

Gross revenue                                    $13,594,524        $12,848,430
Direct project costs and other costs of
  operations                                       5,242,744          5,856,090
                                                ------------       ------------

Net revenue                                        8,351,780          6,992,340
                                               -------------       ------------

Expenses:
     Labor and related expenses                    1,854,753          1,869,015
     Selling, general and administrative           5,166,039          4,859,712
                                                ------------       ------------
              Totals                               7,020,792          6,728,727
                                                ------------       ------------

Income from operations                             1,330,988            263,613
                                                ------------       ------------

Other income (expense):
     Write-off of amounts due from affiliates                          (306,375)
     Interest                                        (33,695)           (90,355)
     Administrative fee income                        42,000             48,000
     Sundry, principally investment income            86,281             14,432
                                                ------------       ------------
              Totals                                  94,586           (334,298)
                                                ------------       ------------

Income (loss) before income taxes                  1,425,574            (70,685)

Provision (credit) for income taxes                  563,844            (12,246)
                                                ------------       ------------

Net income (loss)                              $     861,730     $      (58,439)
                                               =============     ==============

Unaudited:
     Historical income (loss) before income
       taxes                                    $  1,425,574     $      (70,685)
     Pro forma for 1998 comparative purposes:
         Provision (credit) for income taxes         563,844            (28,000)
                                                ------------     --------------

         Net income (loss)                      $    861,730     $      (42,685)
                                                ============     ==============

         Basic earnings (loss) per share              $.16            $(.01)
                                                      ====            =====

         Basic weighted average common shares
           outstanding                             5,263,348          5,263,348
                                                   =========          =========





See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      F-4

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998




                                                         1999            1998
                                                         ----            ----

Net income (loss)                                       $861,730       $(58,439)

Other comprehensive income - unrealized holding gain,
     net of income taxes of $17,624                       26,435
                                                       ---------       --------

Comprehensive income (loss)                             $888,165       $(58,439)
                                                        ========       ========


































See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-5


<PAGE>

                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998


                                                            Unrealized
                                                             Holding
                       Common Stock   Additional             Gain on
                       ------------     Paid-in   Retained  Marketable
                     Shares   Amount    Capital   Earnings  Securities   Total
                     ------   -----     -------   --------  ----------   -----
Balance
 January 1, 1998    5,000,000  $500  $4,262,688                      $4,263,188

Net loss                                         $ (58,439)             (58,439)
                    ---------  ----  ----------  ---------            ----------

Balance,
 December 31, 1998   5,000,000   500  4,262,688    (58,439)           4,204,749

Effect of reverse
 acquisition           263,348    26     49,974                          50,000

Unrealized holding
 gain, net of income
 taxes of $17,624                                           $26,435      26,435

Net income                                         861,730              861,730
                    ---------  ----  ----------  ---------  -------   ----------

Balance, December
 31, 1999           5,263,348  $526  $4,312,662   $803,291  $26,435  $5,142,914
                    =========  ====  ==========   ========  =======  ===========









See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.






                                      F-6


<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

                                                          1999           1998
                                                          ----           ----

Operating activities:
  Net income (loss)                                     $861,730   $  (58,439)
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                       414,683       377,020
     Bad debts                                           130,000       529,945
     Write-off of amounts due from affiliates                          306,375
     Deferred income taxes                               (59,200)      (10,700)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable - trade                      823,248    (1,250,930)
        Unbilled receivables                              42,007       303,978
        Accounts receivable - affiliates                 175,418        31,273
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets        (17,662)      (22,637)
        Other assets                                      20,897       (23,182)
        Accounts payable                                 331,870        25,516
        Customer deposits                                (78,040)      180,469
        Accrued expenses and other liabilities           207,324       121,708
                                                         --------  ------------
           Net cash provided by operating activities   2,852,275       510,396
                                                      -----------  ------------
Investing activities:
   Purchase of equipment and furnishings                (482,504)     (483,507)
   Repayments from (advances to) affiliate                27,001      (211,376)
   Purchase of marketable securities                    (678,341)
   Repayments from stockholder                                         784,351
                                                      -----------  ------------
           Net cash provided by (used in)
              investing activities                    (1,133,844)       89,468
                                                      -----------  ------------

Financing activities:
   Repayment of note payable - bank and
      long-term debt                                    (506,249)     (694,272)
   Proceeds of note payable - bank                                     115,000
   Repayment of advances from stockholder                (54,825)
                                                      -----------  ------------
           Net cash used in financing activities        (561,074)     (579,272)
                                                      -----------  ------------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents               1,157,357       20,592
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year               24,722        4,130
                                                      -----------  -------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                 $1,182,079   $    24,722
                                                       ==========   ===========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow data:
     Interest paid                                     $   33,695   $    90,355
                                                       ==========   ===========

     Income taxes paid                                 $  571,763   $    60,800
                                                       ==========   ===========



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1  -  Business  activities  and  reverse  acquisition:
             Business activities:
                  Menlo Acquisition  Corporation  ("Menlo") is a publicly traded
                  Delaware corporation formerly doing business as Focus Surgery,
                  Inc.  ("Focus").  Menlo is now a holding  company  engaged  in
                  acquiring   other   operating   businesses.   Prior   to   the
                  consummation of the Second Amended Plan of  Reorganization  in
                  March 1999 which is further described below, Focus specialized
                  in the research and  development  of techniques  and equipment
                  used in  noninvasive  surgeries.  On February  9, 1996,  Focus
                  filed a petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
                  Code.  In  August  1996,  while  in  bankruptcy,   Focus  sold
                  substantially  all of its assets to an unrelated  company.  As
                  part of the sale,  Focus  transferred all rights to the "Focus
                  Surgery,  Inc." name to the buyer and amended its  Articles of
                  Incorporation   to  change  its  name  to  Menlo   Acquisition
                  Corporation.

                  Environmental Waste Management  Associates,  LLC, a New Jersey
                  limited  liability  company ("EWMA,  LLC"), and  Environmental
                  Waste Management  Associates,  Inc., a New Jersey  corporation
                  ("EWMA,  Inc.") and,  together  with EWMA,  LLC  (collectively
                  "EWMA"), are environmental  consulting firms providing a broad
                  range of environmental  services related to the  investigation
                  and remediation of hazardous waste sites.  EWMA has offices in
                  Parsippany and West Windsor, New Jersey.

                  Integrated Analytical Laboratories,  LLC, a New Jersey limited
                  liability  company ("IAL,  LLC"),  and  Integrated  Analytical
                  Laboratories,  Inc., a New Jersey  corporation  ("IAL,  Inc.")
                  and,  together with IAL, LLC (collectively  "IAL"),  are firms
                  providing analytical  laboratory services to the environmental
                  and pharmaceutical industries. IAL is located in Randolph, New
                  Jersey.

                  EWMA,  Inc. and IAL, Inc. were  organized  under the laws of
                  the State of New Jersey in 1987 and each sold  primarily all
                  of their respective assets,  except accounts receivable,  to
                  the  aforementioned  limited  liability  companies  in April
                  1997. EWMA, Inc. and IAL, Inc.  currently have no operations
                  but  exist   primarily   for  the   purpose  of   collecting
                  outstanding receivables.

                  EWMA,  LLC, EWMA,  Inc., IAL, LLC, and IAL, Inc. are further
                  defined,  collectively,  as the "Acquired Entities" and were
                  related by common ownership.

               Reverse acquisition:
                  On March 10, 1999, Menlo and the Acquired Entities consummated
                  certain  transactions  pursuant to the Second  Amended Plan of
                  Reorganization  filed with the Bankruptcy  Court on August 12,
                  1998 and approved on August 26, 1998.  Menlo  converted all of
                  its  outstanding  shares of existing  common  stock to 263,348
                  shares of new  common  stock  with a par  value of $.0001  per
                  share.  Additionally,  Menlo  issued  5,000,000  shares of new
                  common stock in exchange for 99% of the equity interest in the
                  Acquired  Entities  (the  "Acquisition").   Subsequently,  the
                  remaining 1% of the Acquired  Entities was  purchased  from an
                  affiliated party for the nominal amount of $1.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 1 - Business  activities  and  reverse  acquisition  (concluded):
           Reverse acquisition (concluded):
                  As a result of the Acquisition and the subsequent 1% purchase,
                  the Acquired  Entities  became  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of
                  Menlo  and the  former  owners  and  members  of the  Acquired
                  Entities  became  the  owners  of  approximately  95%  of  the
                  5,263,348 shares of common stock of Menlo outstanding upon the
                  consummation of the  Acquisition.  Stockholders of Menlo prior
                  to the Acquisition comprised the ownership of the remaining 5%
                  of  outstanding  shares  at the date of the  Acquisition.  The
                  transaction was treated for accounting purposes as a "purchase
                  business combination" and a "reverse acquisition" effective as
                  of March 10,  1999 in which Menlo was the legal  acquirer  and
                  the   Acquired   Entities   were  the   accounting   acquirer.
                  Accordingly,  the assets  and  liabilities  of the  accounting
                  acquirer (the Acquired  Entities) continue to be accounted for
                  at their historical carrying values as of March 10, 1999.

                  As further  explained in Note 3, the fair value of the 263,348
                  shares of Menlo common stock  ($50,000)  issued became the
                  total cost of the acquisition of Menlo.

                  The accompanying  consolidated statement of operations for the
                  years ended  December 31, 1999 and 1998 reflect the results of
                  operations of the Acquired Entities. Prior to the Acquisition,
                  Menlo was in bankruptcy and had limited operating  activities;
                  therefore,   no  activity  from  the  effective  date  of  the
                  Acquisition  for  Menlo  is  reflected  in  the   accompanying
                  consolidated financial statements.


Note 2 - Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies:
           Basis of presentation:
                  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
                  accounts of Menlo and the Acquired  Entities.  All significant
                  intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
                  consolidation.  As used herein,  the "Company" refers to Menlo
                  and the Acquired Entities, collectively.

           Use of estimates:
                  The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity with
                  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires
                  management to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect
                  certain  reported  amounts and  disclosures.  Accordingly,
                  actual results could differ from those estimates.

           Revenue recognition:
             Revenue is recognized as services are provided.

           Cash equivalents:
             Cash equivalents  include all highly liquid investments with a
             maturity of three months or less when acquired.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 2 - Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  (continued):
           Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                  The  Company   establishes  an  allowance  for   uncollectible
                  accounts receivable based on historical  collection experience
                  and management's  evaluation of  collectibility of outstanding
                  accounts receivable.

           Concentrations of credit risk:
                  Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
                  concentrations  of credit risk  consist  primarily of cash and
                  cash equivalents and accounts  receivable.  The Company places
                  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents  with  high  credit  quality
                  financial institutions.  At times, the Company's cash and cash
                  equivalents  exceed  the  current  insured  amount  under  the
                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation of $100,000. At December
                  31, 1999,  the Company had cash and cash  equivalent  balances
                  that  exceed   Federally   insured  limits  by   approximately
                  $993,000.  Concentrations  of  credit  risk  with  respect  to
                  accounts   receivable  are  limited  as  the  Company  closely
                  monitors  the  extension  of  credit  to its  customers  while
                  maintaining allowances for potential credit losses. Management
                  does not  believe  that  significant  credit  risk  exists  at
                  December 31, 1999.

           Investments in marketable securities:
                  Investments   in   marketable   debt  and  equity   securities
                  classified as "available for sale" are recorded at fair value.
                  Unrealized  gains and losses are  reported  annually  as other
                  comprehensive   income  in  the   consolidated   statement  of
                  comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  within  stockholders'
                  equity.

           Equipment and furnishings:
                  Equipment  and   furnishings   are  stated  at  cost,  net  of
                  accumulated  depreciation.   Depreciation  is  provided  using
                  prescribed  methods  over the  estimated  useful  lives of the
                  assets.

                  Routine maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as
                  incurred and renewals and improvements  that extend the useful
                  life of the assets are  capitalized.  Upon sale or retirement,
                  the cost and related  accumulated  depreciation are eliminated
                  from the respective accounts and any resulting gain or loss is
                  reported as income or expense.

           Goodwill:
                  Goodwill,  which is included in other assets,  is comprised of
                  costs in excess of net assets of acquired  businesses that are
                  being amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful
                  lives of 10 years.

           Advertising:
                  The Company expenses the cost of advertising and promotions as
                  incurred.  Advertising costs charged to operations amounted to
                  $136,548 and $188,932 in 1999 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 2 - Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  (continued):
           Impairment of long-lived assets:
                  The Company  applies the  provisions of Statement of Financial
                  Accounting  Standards No. 121,  "Accounting for the Impairment
                  of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
                  of",  ("SFAS 121") to its long-lived  assets.  Under SFAS 121,
                  impairment losses on long-lived  assets,  such as goodwill and
                  equipment  and  furnishings,  are  recognized  when  events or
                  changes in circumstances  indicate that the undiscounted  cash
                  flows  estimated  to be generated by such assets are less than
                  their  carrying  value and,  accordingly,  all or a portion of
                  such carrying value may not be recoverable.  Impairment losses
                  are then  measured  by  comparing  the fair value of assets to
                  their carrying amounts.

           Income taxes:
                  Prior to the  Acquisition  on March 10, 1999,  EWMA,  Inc. and
                  IAL, Inc., with the consent of their stockholder,  had elected
                  to  be  treated  as  "S"  Corporations  under  the  applicable
                  sections of the Internal  Revenue Code.  Under these sections,
                  corporate  income or loss, prior to that date was allocated to
                  the  stockholder  for  inclusion  in his  personal  income tax
                  returns.  Accordingly,  there  was no  provision  for  Federal
                  income tax in the  accompanying  1998  consolidated  financial
                  statements.

                  EWMA, Inc. and IAL, Inc. had also elected to be treated as "S"
                  Corporations   for  New  Jersey  state  income  tax  purposes.
                  However,  the  State of New  Jersey  does  impose a tax on "S"
                  Corporation  income at a  reduced  rate  and,  accordingly,  a
                  provision for such tax has been  provided in the  accompanying
                  1998 consolidated financial statements for income attributable
                  to EWMA, Inc. and IAL, Inc.

                  In addition, prior to the Acquisition on March 10, 1999, EWMA,
                  LLC and IAL, LLC were New Jersey limited  liability  companies
                  and, as such,  were  treated as  partnerships  for Federal and
                  state income tax purposes.  A partnership  is not a tax paying
                  entity for  Federal or state  income tax  purposes.  Income or
                  loss  of a  limited  liability  company  is  reported  in  the
                  individual  member's income tax returns and,  accordingly,  no
                  provision for income tax has been recorded in the accompanying
                  1998 consolidated financial statements for income attributable
                  to EWMA, LLC and IAL, LLC.

                  The Company  accounts for income  taxes  pursuant to the asset
                  and liability method which requires deferred income tax assets
                  and liabilities be computed  annually for differences  between
                  the   financial   statement   and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
                  liabilities  that result in taxable or  deductible  amounts in
                  the future based on enacted tax laws and rates  applicable  to
                  the periods in which the  differences  are  expected to affect
                  taxable  income.  Valuation  allowances are  established  when
                  necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected
                  to be  realized.  Income  tax  expense  is the tax  payable or
                  refundable  for the year plus or minus the  change  during the
                  year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 2 - Summary of significant accounting policies (continued):
           Stock based compensation:
                  In accordance  with the  provisions  of Accounting  Principles
                  Board  Opinion  No.  25,   "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to
                  Employees", the Company will recognize compensation costs as a
                  result of the issuance of stock options to employees  based on
                  the excess,  if any, of the fair value of the underlying stock
                  at the date of grant or award (or at an appropriate subsequent
                  measurement  date) over the exercise  price.  The Company will
                  also make pro forma  disclosures,  as required by Statement of
                  Financial   Accounting  Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for
                  Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), of net income or loss
                  using the Black-Scholes  option pricing method if such amounts
                  differ materially from the historical amounts.

                  Transactions in which goods or services are the  consideration
                  received for the issuance of equity  instruments are accounted
                  for based on the fair value of the  consideration  received or
                  the fair value of the equity instrument  issued,  whichever is
                  more reliably measurable.

           Earnings (loss) per share:
                  The Company  presents  "basic" and, if  applicable,  "diluted"
                  earnings (loss) per common share pursuant to the provisions of
                  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings
                  Per Share" ("SFAS 128").

                  Basic  earnings  (loss)  per  common  share is  calculated  by
                  dividing net income or loss by the weighted  average number of
                  common shares  outstanding  during the period. The calculation
                  of diluted earnings (loss) per common share is similar to that
                  of basic  earnings  (loss) per common  share,  except that the
                  denominator  is increased to include the number of  additional
                  common  shares  that  would  have  been   outstanding  if  all
                  potentially dilutive common shares, principally those issuable
                  upon the  exercise of stock  options,  were issued  during the
                  period. For the year ended December 31, 1999, diluted earnings
                  per  share  have  not been  presented  because  there  were no
                  additional  shares derived from the assumed  exercise of stock
                  options and the application of the treasury stock method. Such
                  potentially  diluted securities,  however,  could dilute basic
                  earnings per share in the future.  For the year ended December
                  31,  1998,  the Company  had no  potentially  dilutive  common
                  shares.

                  Since EWMA,  Inc. and IAL, Inc. had elected to be taxed as "S"
                  Corporations  and EWMA, LLC and IAL, LLC were taxed as limited
                  liability  corporations  prior to the date of the Acquisition,
                  unaudited pro forma earnings  (loss) per common share assuming
                  the  Acquired  Entities  had been subject to Federal and state
                  income taxes have been  presented for the year ended  December
                  31, 1998.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 2 -  Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  (concluded):
            Comprehensive income:
                  Effective  January 1, 1999, the Company  adopted  Statement of
                  Financial    Accounting    Standards   No.   130,   "Reporting
                  Comprehensive  Income,"  ("SFAS  130") which  established  new
                  rules for the  reporting and display of  comprehensive  income
                  and its  components.  The  Company  owns  marketable  debt and
                  equity securities which are classified as  available-for-sale.
                  SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains and losses on the Company's
                  available-for-sale   securities   to  be   included  in  other
                  comprehensive income. The adoption had no impact on prior year
                  financial statements.


Note 3 - Purchase business combination:
               The  Acquisition,  as described in Note 1, has been accounted for
               as a purchase business  combination and a reverse  acquisition in
               which the  Acquired  Entities  were the  accounting  acquirer and
               Menlo was the legal acquirer.  As noted previously,  Menlo was in
               bankruptcy and had limited assets and  liabilities at the date of
               the  Acquisition.  The cost of the Acquisition  totaled  $50,000,
               inclusive  of  professional  fees,  and  pursuant to the purchase
               method of accounting,  the initial cost of acquiring Menlo, which
               exceeded  the fair value of the net assets  acquired  by $50,000,
               was  allocated to goodwill and is included in other assets in the
               accompanying consolidated financial statements.


Note 4 - Investments in marketable securities:
               At December 31, 1999,  the  Company's  investments  in marketable
               securities,  all of which were classified as  available-for-sale,
               consisted  of  government   agency  debt  securities  and  equity
               securities as follows:
                                                             Cost or
                                                            Amortized
                                                               Cost   Fair Value
                                                               ----   ----------

                    Debt securities (maturity within 1 year) $497,400   $497,400
                    Equity securities                         180,941    225,000
                                                            ---------  ---------

                         Totals                              $678,341   $722,400
                                                             ========  =========



                                      F-13
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 5 - Equipment and furnishings:
               Equipment and furnishings consist of the following:

                                        Range of
                                        Estimated
                                      Useful Lives       1999           1998
                                      ------------       ----           ----

               Equipment                  5-7 years  $1,603,202      $1,197,269
               Furniture and fixtures     7 years       164,232         139,413
               Vehicles                   5 years       130,669          95,669
               Leasehold improvements     7 years       154,463         137,711
                                                     ----------      ----------
                                                      2,052,566       1,570,062
                    Less accumulated depreciation       964,903         550,220
                                                     ----------      ----------

                         Totals                      $1,087,663      $1,019,842
                                                     ==========      ==========

               Depreciation  expense  amounted to $414,683  and $377,020 in 1999
               and 1998, respectively.


Note 6 - Notes payable - bank:
               The  Company has a committed  line of credit  agreement  with PNC
               Bank in the amount of $750,000  which  expires on April 30, 2000.
               Outstanding  borrowings bear interest at the prime rate plus .75%
               (an  effective  rate of 9.5% and 8.5% at  December  31,  1999 and
               1998,  respectively).  At December 31,  1999,  the Company had no
               outstanding borrowings on the line of credit.

               Outstanding borrowings are collateralized by substantially all of
               the  Company's   assets  and  are  guaranteed  by  the  principal
               stockholder.  The line of credit contains certain covenants,  the
               most  restrictive of which includes the  maintenance of a maximum
               capital funds ratio, as defined.


Note 7 - Long-term debt:
               The term loan is payable in monthly  installments  of $8,854 plus
               interest  at 200 basis  points  over the bank's four year cost of
               funds rate (an  effective  rate of 7.90% at December 31, 1999 and
               1998) until July 2002,  at which time the unpaid  balance is due.
               The loan is  collateralized by substantially all of the Company's
               assets and guaranteed by the principal stockholder.

               Principal  amounts due under the term loan in each of the years
               subsequent to December 31, 1999 total  $106,248 in 2000 and
               2001 and $61,983 in 2002.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 8 - Retirement plan:
               The Company  maintains a retirement plan qualifying under Section
               401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  which  allows  eligible
               employees   to  defer  a   portion   of  their   income   through
               contributions to the plan. The Company makes contributions to the
               plan  for  the  benefit  of  the  employees  subject  to  certain
               limitations.  The Company's contributions amounted to $78,220 and
               $73,929 in 1999 and 1998, respectively.


Note 9 - Income taxes:
               As  explained  in Note 2, prior to the  Acquisition  on March 10,
               1999, the Company did not pay any Federal income taxes;  however,
               it  was  liable  for  state  income  taxes  at  a  reduced  rate.
               Subsequent  to the date of the  Acquisition,  the Company  became
               subject  to  Federal  and state  income  taxes at full  statutory
               rates.

               Accordingly,  the  historical  provisions  and credits for income
               taxes  shown  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of
               operations  for the years ended  December  31, 1999 and 1998 were
               comprised of the following:

                                                          1999          1998
                                                      -----------    -----------
                    Federal:
                         Current                       $475,742
                         Deferred                       (40,200)
                                                       --------
                            Totals                      435,542
                                                       --------
                    State:
                         Current                        140,002     $  (1,546)
                         Deferred                       (11,700)      (10,700)
                                                       ---------     ---------
                            Totals                      128,302       (12,246)
                                                       ---------     ---------

                            Totals                     $563,844      $(12,246)
                                                       ========      =========

               Unaudited  pro forma  provisions  and  credits  for income  taxes
               assuming the  Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1998 and the
               Company  was subject to Federal  and state  income  taxes at full
               statutory  rates for the year ended  December  31,  1998 is shown
               comparatively with 1999 as follows:
                                                                    Unaudited
                                                        Actual      Pro Forma
                                                        ------      ---------
                                                         1999          1998
                                                         ----          ----
                    Federal:
                         Current                       $475,742
                         Deferred                       (40,200)     $(21,870)
                                                     ----------      --------
                             Totals                     435,542       (21,870)
                                                      ---------     ---------

                    State:
                         Current                        140,002
                         Deferred                       (11,700)       (6,130)
                                                     ----------    ----------
                             Totals                     128,302        (6,130)
                                                      ---------    ----------

                             Totals                    $563,844      $(28,000)
                                                       ========      ========
                                      F-15

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 9 - Income taxes (concluded):
     The  provisions for income taxes in 1999 and the unaudited pro forma credit
     for income taxes in 1998 differ from the amounts computed using the Federal
     statutory rate of 34% as a result of the following:

                                                              1999 1998
                                                              ---- ----

       Expected provision (credit) at Federal statutory rate   34% (34)%
       Effect of state income taxes, net of Federal income
       tax effect                                               6   (6)
                                                                --- ---

       Effective tax rate                                      40% (40)%
                                                               ==  ===

     At December 31, 1999 and 1998, the net current tax assets were attributable
     to the following:
                                                       1999              1998
                                                      -------          --------
       Deferred tax assets - allowance for
         doubtful accounts                            $51,900
                                                      -------
       Deferred tax liabilities:

         Unrealized holding gains in marketable
           securities                                 (17,624)
           Other                                                        $(7,300)
                                                      --------          -------
              Totals                                  (17,624)           (7,300)
                                                      -------           -------

       Net current deferred tax assets (liabilities)  $34,276           $(7,300)
                                                      =======           =======


Note 10- Related party transactions:
               At December 31, 1998, the amounts due from  affiliate,  which are
               companies that are  wholly-owned  or  substantially  owned by the
               Company's principal  stockholder,  consist of noninterest bearing
               cash  advances that are due on demand.  During 1998,  the Company
               determined that amounts due from an affiliate  totaling  $306,375
               were uncollectible and written off.

               At December 31,  1998,  the amount due  stockholder  consisted of
               noninterest bearing, unsecured advances due on demand.

               During 1999 and 1998, the Company had the following  transactions
               with affiliated companies which are wholly-owned or substantially
               owned by the Company's principal stockholder:

                                                         1999            1998
                                                         ----            ----
                    Laboratory fees (income)         $  82,717         $101,051
                    Consulting fees (income)           126,407
                    Administrative fees (income)        42,000           48,000
                    Subcontractor fees (expense)        55,683

                                      F-16

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 - Related party transactions (concluded):
               At December 31, 1999 and 1998,  accounts  payable included $4,296
               and $53,439, respectively, which was owed to affiliated companies
               which are  wholly-owned or  substantially  owned by the Company's
               principal stockholder.

               At December 31, 1999, accounts receivable included $23,742, which
               was owed from  affiliated  companies,  which are  wholly-owned or
               substantially owned by the Company's principal stockholder. There
               were no such accounts receivable at December 31, 1998.

               In-Situ  Oxidative  Technologies  ("ISOTEC")  is owned 50% by Dr.
               Richard S. Greenberg, Menlo's Chief Executive Officer, and 50% by
               an  unrelated   third  party.   ISOTEC  is  in  the  business  of
               remediating  contaminated  properties using a proprietary in-situ
               treatment  program.  The services performed by ISOTEC are similar
               in nature to those  provided by the operating  segments of Menlo.
               During  1999  and  1998,  EWMA  and IAL  have  generated  revenue
               directly from ISOTEC in the amounts of approximately $183,000 and
               $36,000,  respectively.   Additionally,  the  similar  nature  of
               ISOTEC's  services  has  enabled  EWMA to  obtain  contracts  and
               generate  revenues with  unrelated  customers in the past and may
               potentially enable it to continue to do so in the future.

               On December 6, 1999,  Menlo entered into an agreement with ISOTEC
               and an unrelated third party to advance it operating capital.  As
               of the date of this agreement, the Company was owed approximately
               $195,000  for  services it had  provided on behalf of ISOTEC,  of
               which  approximately  $162,000 was outstanding as of December 31,
               1998. In consideration for Menlo entering into the aforementioned
               agreement, ISOTEC agreed to repay in full the outstanding balance
               of  approximately  $195,000.  In addition,  Menlo was granted the
               opportunity to purchase up to 50% of ISOTEC.

               The agreement  calls for Menlo to advance  operating  funds up to
               $250,000 to ISOTEC in equal amounts to that being advanced by the
               unrelated third party. In return, Menlo will receive an option to
               purchase 20% of Dr. Greenberg's ownership interest in ISOTEC (10%
               of the  Company) for each  $50,000 or portion  thereof  loaned to
               ISOTEC.  The options are  exercisable  through June 30, 2001 at a
               price of $1,000 per option.  As of February 11,  2000,  Menlo had
               loaned  $80,000  to  ISOTEC  and  therefore  has two  options  to
               purchase a total of 40% of Dr.  Greenberg's  interest (20% of the
               Company) for $2,000. Due to ISOTEC's financial condition, Menlo's
               $80,000  advance/option  investment in ISOTEC is being carried at
               $0.  Management does not intend to make any advances in excess of
               the  $250,000  total  commitment  to ISOTEC until ISOTEC shows an
               improvement in their financial condition and ability to pay.


Note 11- Commitments and contingencies:
               Lease commitments:
               The Company is obligated  under  noncancelable  leases for office
               space,  storage  space  and  laboratory   facilities  at  several
               locations in New Jersey,  one of which is a building owned by the
               principal stockholder. The leases expire at various dates through
               August 2007 and require the Company to pay minimum annual rentals
               plus its pro rata share of common area  maintenance,  real estate
               taxes,  insurance,   utilities  and  other  occupancy  costs,  as
               defined.  Rent  expense,  including  allocated  pro rata charges,
               amounted to $489,404 and $448,417 in 1999 and 1998, respectively,
               inclusive of $290,539  and  $318,762,  respectively,  paid to the
               principal  stockholder.  Future minimum lease payments subsequent
               to  December  31, 1999 for each of the next five years and in the
               aggregate are as follows:
                                      F-17

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 11- Commitments and contingencies (concluded):
            Lease commitments (concluded):

                     Year Ending   Nonrelated      Principal
                    December 31,     Parties      Stockholder           Total
                    -----------      -------      -----------           -----
                        2000        $146,900       $305,578           $452,478
                        2001          38,400        305,578            343,978
                        2002          38,400        305,578            343,978
                        2003          38,400        305,578            343,978
                        2004          38,400        305,578            343,978
                        Thereafter                  789,411            789,411
                                    --------       --------           --------

                          Totals    $300,500     $2,317,301         $2,617,801
                                    ========     ==========         ==========

               Litigation:
                  In the  ordinary  course of  business,  the  Company is both a
                  plaintiff and defendant in various legal  proceedings.  In the
                  opinion  of  management,  resolution  of these  claims  is not
                  expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated
                  financial position or results of operations of the Company.


Note 12- Fair value of financial instruments:
                  Statement  of   Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  107,
                  "Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments,"
                  defines the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount
                  at which  the  instrument  could  be  exchanged  in a  current
                  transaction  between  willing  parties.  In assessing the fair
                  value of cash and cash  equivalents,  accounts  receivable and
                  accounts payable, management determined that they were carried
                  at values that approximated their fair values because of their
                  liquidity  and/or their  short-term  maturities  and long-term
                  debt was carried at values that approximated their fair values
                  because they had interest rates  equivalent to those currently
                  prevailing    for   financial    instruments    with   similar
                  characteristics.


Note 13- Business segments:
               The  Company  is  reporting   segment  revenue  and  income  from
               operations   in  the  same  format   reviewed  by  the  Company's
               management  (the  "management  approach").  The  Company  has two
               reportable segments: providing consulting,  remedial and disposal
               services  (consulting),  and laboratory testing of soil and water
               for environmental hazards (lab).

                                      F-18

<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13- Business segments (continued):
           Revenue,   income  from  operations  and  other  related  segment
             information follows:


                                                       1999             1998
                                                       ----             ----
                    Gross revenue:
                         Consulting               $   9,287,714    $  9,372,764
                         Lab                          5,168,785       4,260,293
                         Inter-segment                 (861,975)       (784,627)
                                                 --------------  --------------

                             Totals               $  13,594,524    $ 12,848,430
                                                    ===========     ===========

                    Direct project costs and
                     other costs of operations:
                         Consulting               $   3,693,389    $  4,637,110
                         Lab                          2,411,330       2,003,607
                         Inter-segment                 (861,975)       (784,627)
                                                 --------------  --------------

                             Totals               $   5,242,744    $  5,856,090
                                                   ============    ============

                    Operating expenses:
                         Consulting               $   5,308,060    $  5,211,275
                         Lab                          2,272,709       1,992,137
                         Inter-segment                 (559,977)       (474,685)
                                                   ------------  --------------

                             Totals               $   7,020,792    $  6,728,727
                                                   ============    ============

                    Income (loss) from operations:
                         Consulting               $     286,265   $    (475,621)
                         Lab                            484,746         264,549
                         Inter-segment                  559,977         474,685
                                                 --------------  --------------

                             Totals               $   1,330,988   $     263,613
                                                   ============   =============

                    Other income (expense):
                         Consulting               $     636,265   $     172,193
                         Lab                             18,298         (31,806)
                         Inter-segment                 (559,977)       (474,685)
                                                 --------------  --------------

                             Totals               $      94,586   $    (334,298)
                                                 ==============   =============

                    Income (loss) before taxes:
                         Consulting               $     922,530   $    (303,428)
                         Lab                            503,044         232,743
                                                 --------------  --------------

                                 Totals           $   1,425,574   $     (70,685)
                                                   ============  ==============

                    Provision (credit) for income taxes:
                         Consulting               $     364,297   $      (9,810)
                         Lab                            199,547          (2,436)
                                                  -------------  --------------
                                 Totals           $     563,844   $     (12,246)
                                                  =============  ==============
                    Net income (loss):
                         Consulting               $     558,233   $    (293,618)
                         Lab                            303,497         235,179
                                                  --------------  -------------

                                 Totals           $     861,730  $      (58,439)
                                                  =============  ==============

                                      F-19
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 13- Business segments (concluded):

                                                      1999              1998
                                                      ----              ----
               Assets:
                  Cash and marketable securities, at market:
                    Consulting                    $  1,033,900          12,483
                    Labs                               870,579          12,239
                                                --------------   -------------
                       Totals                        1,904,479          24,722
                                                 -------------   -------------

                  Accounts receivable - net:
                    Consulting                       3,037,305       4,213,123
                    Labs                             1,036,390       1,587,540
                    Inter-segment                      (19,407)       (575,702)
                                                --------------   -------------
                       Totals                        4,054,288       5,224,961
                                                 -------------   -------------

                  Equipment and furnishings - net:
                    Consulting                         397,189         425,491
                    Labs                               690,474         594,351
                                                --------------   -------------
                       Totals                        1,087,663       1,019,842
                                                 -------------   -------------

                  Other assets:
                    Holding                             84,276
                    Consulting                         133,024         126,428
                    Labs                                18,096          20,652
                    Inter-segment                      (34,276)
                                                --------------   -------------
                       Totals                          201,120         147,080
                                                --------------   -------------

                       Total assets               $  7,247,550    $  6,416,605
                                                  ============    ============

Note 14- Stock option plan:
               On July 21, 1999,  the Board of Directors  approved the Company's
               Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  subject to  ratification  by the
               Company's  stockholders,  whereby  up to  525,000  shares  of the
               Company's  common  stock may be granted to key  personnel  in the
               form of incentive stock options and  nonstatutory  stock options,
               as  defined  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  Key  personnel
               eligible  for  these  awards   include  all  present  and  future
               employees of the Company and  individuals  who are consultants to
               the  Company as well as  nonemployee  directors  of the  Company.
               Under the Plan, the exercise  price of options  generally will be
               the fair  market  value of the  shares on the date of grant.  The
               exercise  price  of  incentive  stock  options  granted  to a 10%
               stockholder,  however,  will be 110% of the fair market  value of
               the shares on the date of grant.  The  maximum  term of any stock
               option  granted may not exceed ten years (or in the case of a 10%
               stockholder, five years) from the date of grant.

               During  November 1999, the Company issued 57,500 stock options to
               key  personnel,   subject  to   ratification   by  the  Company's
               stockholders.  The  options,  all of  which  are  outstanding  at
               December 31, 1999, are exercisable through November 2009.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                 MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



Note 14- Stock option plan (concluded):
               The compensation cost, pro forma income and net income per common
               share for 1999  determined  using a fair  value  based  method of
               accounting for the stock options  granted in 1999, as required by
               SFAS 123,  would not  differ  materially  from the  corresponding
               historical amounts.


Note 15- Preferred stock:
                No shares of preferred stock have been issued as of December 31,
                1999. Under the Company's  Articles of Incorporation,  the Board
                of Directors,  within certain limitations and restrictions,  can
                fix or alter the  dividend  rights,  dividend  rate,  conversion
                rights,  voting rights and terms of redemption  including  price
                and liquidation preferences.  As of February 11, 2000, the Board
                of Directors has not yet fixed any terms to the preferred stock.



                                      * * *




                                      F-21


 AGREEMENT


     THIS  AGREEMENT  is  dated as of  December  6,  1999,  by and  among  MENLO
ACQUISITION  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation,  having an  address  for the
purposes  hereof at 100 Misty  Lane,  Parsippany,  New Jersey  07054  ("Menlo");
IN-SITU OXIDATIVE TECHNOLOGIES,  INC., a Delaware corporation, having an address
for the purposes  hereof at 51A Everett Drive,  Lawrenceville,  New Jersey 08648
("ISOTEC");  MICHAEL  MANDELBAUM,  an  individual,  having  an  address  for the
purposes hereof at 80 Main Street,  West Orange,  New Jersey 07052  ("Michael");
RICHARD GREENBERG,  an individual,  having an address for the purposes hereof at
100 Misty Lane, Parsippany,  New Jersey 07054 ("Richard");  and ROSEBUD HOLDING,
L.L.C.,  a New Jersey  limited  liability  company,  having an  address  for the
purposes hereof at 100 Misty Lane, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 ("Rosebud").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

Recitals:
     A. ISOTEC is in the business of remediating contaminated properties using a
proprietary in-situ treatment program. ISOTEC has a negative net worth in excess
of $1 million,  has experienced  operating  losses.  Exclusive of previous loans
from Michael,  ISOTEC has  generated  significant  negative  cash flows.  ISOTEC
requires additional working capital.
     B.  Michael  and  Richard  each own fifty  (50%)  percent of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital of ISOTEC.
     C.  Michaeland  Rosebud are willing to provide loans to ISOTEC on the terms
and conditions set forth herein.
     D. As an inducement to Menlo to make loans to ISOTEC hereunder, Richard has
agreed to give  Menlo an option to  purchase  all or a portion  of his shares of
ISOTEC, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
     E. In  consideration of the option for ISOTEC shares being granted to it by
Richard, Menlo is willing to provide loans to ISOTEC on the terms and conditions
set forth herein.
     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the foregoing  recitals and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:
     1. Concurrent  Actions:  Concurrently  herewith,  the following actions are
being taken:
          1.1 Michael is loaning  ISOTEC Two Hundred Three  Thousand  ($203,000)
     Dollars.
          1.2 ISOTEC is executing and delivering to Michael a demand  promissory
     note in the form of  Exhibit A annexed  hereto in the  principal  amount of
     Five Hundred Thirteen Thousand  ($513,000)  Dollars,  to evidence such loan
     and certain other loans to ISOTEC previously made by Michael.
          1.3  Rosebud is  loaning  ISOTEC  Three  Hundred  Thousand  ($300,000)
     Dollars.  This  loan is being  effected  by  Rosebud's  transferring  three
     hundred  thousand  (300,000)  shares  of  capital  of Menlo  (the  "Rosebud
     Shares") to ISOTEC.  The parties agree that the Rosebud  Shares have a fair
     market value of $1.00 per share.
          1.4 ISOTEC is executing and delivering to Richard a demand  promissory
     note in the form of  Exhibit A annexed  hereto in the  principal  amount of
     Forty-eight Thousand  ($48,000)Dollars,  to evidence certain other loans to
     ISOTEC previously made by Richard.
          1.5 ISOTEC is repaying a loan in the amount of One Hundred Ninety-five
     Thousand ($195,000) Dollars to Environmental  Waste Management  Associates,
     L.L.C., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Menlo.
    2. Loans to ISOTEC.
          2.1 If ISOTEC desires to borrow funds from Menlo and Michael, it shall
     give each of them a written  irrevocable notice (a "Loan Notice") signed by
     its president,  setting forth the amount it reasonably requires for working
     capital and it wishes to borrow.
          2.2 Within ten (10) business days after the giving of the Loan Notice,
     Menlo and Michael shall each provide  ISOTEC with  one-half  (1/2) the loan
     amount requested in the Loan Notice.
          a. Such moneys shall be provided by wired funds or good check.
          b. With each Loan Notice,  ISOTEC shall execute and deliver to each of
     Menlo and Michael a demand promissory note in the form of Exhibit A annexed
     hereto for one-half (1/2) the loan amount requested in the Loan Notice.


<PAGE>



          2.3 The loans to be made to ISOTEC by Menlo  and  Michael  under  this
     Section 2 (the "WC Loans") shall be subject to the following restrictions:
          a. No Loan  Notice  shall be  effective  unless  it is given  prior to
     December 31, 2000.
          b. The aggregate WC Loans made by Menlo and Michael under this Section
     2 shall not exceed the  principal sum of Five Hundred  Thousand  ($500,000)
     Dollars (i.e.,  $250,000  loaned by each of Menlo and Michael).  Any moneys
     that are repaid to Menlo or Michael shall not be available for reborrowing.
          c. It is the  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that the WC Loans to
     ISOTEC by Menlo and Michael shall at all times be equal in amount.  Towards
     that end, neither Menlo nor Michael shall demand or accept repayment of any
     WC Loan  unless  and until  the other of them is repaid an equal  amount on
     account of its or his WC Loans.
     3.       Grant of Options.
          3.1 As an inducement  for Menlo to make the WC Loans,  Richard  hereby
     agrees that for each Fifty Thousand ($50,000) Dollars or part thereof of WC
     Loans that Menlo  makes to ISOTEC,  Richard  shall grant Menlo an option to
     buy twenty  (20%)  percent of his  interest in ISOTEC,  equaling  ten (10%)
     percent of the issued and outstanding shares of capital of ISOTEC.
          a. By way of example,  if Menlo makes WC Loans in the aggregate amount
     of Five Thousand ($5,000)  Dollars,  Richard shall grant Menlo an option to
     buy twenty (20%) percent of his interest in ISOTECH.
          b. By way of a further  example,  if Menlo makes WC Loans to ISOTEC in
     the aggregate amount of One Hundred Thousand  ($100,000)  Dollars,  Richard
     shall grant  Menlo an option or options to buy forty  (40%)  percent of his
     interest in ISOTEC.
          3.2 The  exercise  price for each twenty  (20%)  percent of  Richard's
     interest in ISOTEC shall be One Thousand ($1,000) Dollars.
          3.3 The options  granted  pursuant  to this  Section 3 shall be in the
     form of  Exhibit B annexed  hereto,  and shall be  delivered  by Richard to
     Menlo concurrently with the making of the WC Loan giving rise thereto.
          3.4 Concurrently  herewith,  Richard is delivering to Dunetz,  Marcus,
     Brody & Weinstein,  L.L.C.  (the  "Escrowee")  certificates  evidencing the
     shares  of  capital  of ISOTEC he owns,  accompanied  by stock  assignments
     endorsed in blank, to be held in escrow under the terms of this Agreement.
          3.5 Exercise of Options.  Each option granted pursuant to this Section
     3 may be  exercised  by Menlo by  notice in  writing  to the  Escrowee  and
     Richard given on or before June 30, 2001,  and by deposit with the Escrowee
     of the exercise  price of such option.  Within ten (10) business days after
     the exercise of an option,  the Escrowee shall cause ISOTEC to transfer the
     shares of capital  subject to the option to be  transferred  to Menlo,  and
     shall  deliver to Richard the option  price  deposited  by Menlo in payment
     therefor.

<PAGE>


          3.6 Dividends; Voting. Richard shall be entitled to all cash dividends
     declared  upon the shares held by the Escrowee  between the date hereof and
     the dates an option is exercised.  All stock dividends on the option shares
     declared  between the date hereof and the date an option is exercised shall
     attach  to the  respective  stock  and shall be  considered  part  thereof.
     Richard shall retain the right to vote all of the option shares.
          3.7 Escrowee.
          a. The Escrowee  shall not be under any duty to deal with the property
     held by it  hereunder  with any  greater  degree  of care than it uses when
     dealing with its own similar property.
          b. The Escrowee may act in reliance  upon any  instrument or signature
     believed by it to be genuine,  and may assume that any person purporting to
     give any notice or receipt of advice or to make any statement in connection
     with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so.
          c. The  Escrowee may act  relative  hereto in reliance  upon advice of
     counsel in reference  to any matter  connected  herewith,  and shall not be
     liable  for any  mistake of fact or error of  judgment,  or for any acts or
     omissions of any kind, unless caused by its willful misconduct.
          d. In the event that the Escrowee  shall be uncertain as to its duties
     or rights  hereunder or shall receive one or more  instructions,  claims or
     demands from any of the parties  hereto or from third  persons with respect
     to the property held hereunder which, in its opinion,  are in conflict with
     any other  instructions it has received or any provision of this Agreement,
     it may refrain from taking any action other than to use reasonable  care to
     keep safely said property  until it shall be directed  otherwise in writing
     by the other parties hereto and such third  persons,  if any, or by a final
     order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction;  or, alternatively,
     the Escrowee  may resign and deliver the  property to any party  reasonably
     deemed  appropriate  by the  Escrowee,  upon which all  obligations  of the
     Escrowee hereunder shall cease and terminate.
          e. The  Escrowee  may at any time resign  hereunder by giving at least
     ten (10) days' prior written  notice  thereof to the other parties  hereto.
     Upon the effective date of such resignation,  all property then held by the
     Escrowee  hereunder  shall be delivered to a joint  designee of Richard and
     Menlo. Upon making such delivery, all obligations of the Escrowee hereunder
     shall cease and terminate.  If no such person shall have been designated by
     the  date  validly  set  hereunder  for  the  Escrowee's  resignation,  all
     obligations  of the  Escrowee  hereunder  shall,  nevertheless,  cease  and
     terminate.  Its sole responsibility  thereafter shall be to keep safely all
     property then held by it and to deliver the same to a person  designated by
     both other parties  hereto or in accordance  with the directions of a final
     order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          f.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions  herein, no notice,  demand,
     request or other communication to the Escrowee in connection herewith shall
     be binding on the Escrowee unless it is in writing,  refers specifically to
     this  Agreement,  is addressed to the Escrowee at 354  Eisenhower  Parkway,
     Livingston,  New Jersey 07039, Attention:  Ira B Marcus, Esq. or such other
     address as the Escrowee  may, at any time or from time to time,  designate,
     and is actually received by the Escrowee at that address.
          g. The Escrowee is acting as a stakeholder at the request of the other
     parties hereto, and may continue to act as counsel to Menlo notwithstanding
     any dispute among the parties hereto.
          h. This  Agreement sets forth  exclusively  the duties of the Escrowee
     with respect to any and all matters pertinent  hereto.  Except as otherwise
     expressly  provided herein,  the Escrowee shall not refer to, and shall not
     be bound by, the provisions of any other agreement.
          3.8 Representation of Richard.  Richard hereby warrants and represents
          to Menlo, knowing and intending that it is relying hereon, that:
          a. He is the sole owner, and has the lawful right to sell and transfer
     the 1,000 shares of ISOTEC common  stock,  and that these shares of capital
     are now,  and shall be at all times during the option  period,  free of all
     encumbrances.
          b.  He  shall  forthwith  on  notification  and  at his  own  expense,
     discharge  and satisfy all  encumbrances  against the option stock  arising
     during the option period, and shall pay to the Escrowee the cost of any and
     all  transfer  or other  taxes  which may be required by law at the time an
     option is exercised.
          c. If Menlo exercises an option,  it shall receive good and marketable
     title to the option stock, free of all encumbrances and rights of others.
     4.       Matters Regarding Rosebud Shares.

          4.1 Rosebud  hereby  warrants and  represents  to ISOTEC,  knowing and
     intending that it is relying hereon, that:


<PAGE>



          a.  Rosebud was the sole owner,  and had the lawful  right to transfer
     the Rosebud Shares to ISOTEC.  The transfer of the Rosebud Shares to ISOTEC
     was duly  authorized by all requisite  action,  and did not  contravene the
     organizational documents of Rosebud.
          b. ISOTEC  received good and marketable  title to the Rosebud  Shares,
     free of all encumbrances and rights of others.
          4.2 ISOTEC  hereby  warrants and  represents  to Rosebud,  knowing and
     intending that it is relying hereon, that:
          a. ISOTEC has relied solely upon  independent  investigations  made by
     ISOTEC or  representatives  of ISOTEC  regarding  the value of the  Rosebud
     Shares,  and has not  relied on any oral or written  representations  which
     have been made to ISOTEC or its representatives.
          b. The Rosebud  Shares are and will be  characterized  as  "restricted
     securities"  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),
     because they were  acquired  from Menlo in a  transaction  not  involving a
     public  offering.  Under the Act,  the Rosebud  Shares may be sold  without
     registration only in limited  circumstances.  ISOTEC understands that sales
     of the Rosebud Shares may be subject to federal and/or state restrictions.
          c. The certificate  issued to ISOTEC  representing  the Rosebud Shares
     shall, until such time as the same is no longer required by the Act and the
     rules and regulations  thereunder,  contain a legend  substantially  in the
     form set forth below:
                                            THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY
                                            HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE
                                            SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED
                                            (THE "ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
                                            LAWS OF ANY STATES. THESE SECURITIES
                                            ARE  SUBJECT  TO   RESTRICTIONS   ON
                                            TRANSFERABILITY  AND  RESALE AND MAY
                                            NOT BE  TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT
                                            AS  PERMITTED  UNDER THE ACT AND THE
                                            APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS,
                                            PURSUANT    TO    REGISTRATION    OR
                                            EXEMPTION  THEREFROM.  THE HOLDER OF
                                            THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  HEREBY
                                            SHOULD  BE  AWARE  THAT  IT  MAY  BE
                                            REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS
                                            OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE
                                            PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE
                                            SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF
                                            COUNSEL   IN  FORM   AND   SUBSTANCE
                                            SATISFACTORY  TO THE  ISSUER  TO THE
                                            EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR
                                            RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT
                                            AND  APPLICABLE   STATE   SECURITIES
                                            LAWS.
     5.       Notice.
          All  notices,  requests,  demands  and  other  communications  made in
     accordance  with this  Agreement  shall be in writing  and shall be sent by
     certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth herein
     or to such other addresses it may be specified by like notice.  All notices
     given pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed given when mailed.
      6.       Resolution of Disputes.
          6.1 Any controversy arising hereunder shall be settled by arbitration.
     Such  arbitration  shall be governed by the Federal  Arbitration Act, 9 USC
     ss.1-15.  A single  arbitrator  determined  pursuant to 9 USC ss.5 shall be
     empowered to determine each and every issue relating to such controversy or
     claim  including  whether  the  controversy,  claim or issue is  subject to
     arbitration.
          6.2 The  arbitration  shall take place in  Morristown,  New Jersey and
     shall  be  governed  by the  "Rules  For  Non-Administered  Arbitration  of
     Business  Disputes"  promulgated by the Center for Public  Resources,  Inc.
     (N.Y.), when not inconsistent with this Agreement.
          6.3 Each party shall be entitled to discovery  which must be completed
     within forty-five (45) days of the date the arbitrator is appointed (unless
     extended by the arbitrator for good cause).  Discovery  shall be limited to
     the  inspection  and copying of documents  within fifteen (15) days after a
     written request therefor and oral depositions at which reasonable  document
     production may be requested.
          6.4  The  arbitrator  shall  make  all  decisions   concerning  issues
     submitted in accordance with applicable  principles of substantive law. The
     arbitrator shall file a written  determination making the award and stating
     findings of fact and conclusions of law as to all relevant issues submitted
     to arbitration.  If the arbitrator fails to make his decision in accordance
     with  substantive  law,  or to  properly  apply the  facts to the law,  the
     arbitrator's  award will be deemed to have been  procured by "undue  means"
     pursuant to 9 USC ss.10,  sub-clause (a) and beyond the arbitrator's  power
     in violation of 9 USC ss.10, sub-clause (d). Any party may apply to a court
     of competent  jurisdiction  to have the  arbitrator's  decision  confirmed,
     reviewed, modified, affirmed or remanded to the arbitrator with directions.
          6.5 All fees and expenses of the  arbitration,  including  the fees of
     the arbitrator and costs of the hearing (including court reporter,  hearing
     room rental,  etc.) shall be paid by the  non-prevailing  party.  Should no
     party be designated by the arbitrator as the  "prevailing  party" then each
     of the  parties  shall pay  one-half  (1/2) of such fees and  expenses.  In
     addition,  the  arbitrator  shall  order  the  non-prevailing  party to pay
     one-half (1/2) of the legal fees and disbursements of the prevailing party.
     Should no party be  designated as the  "prevailing  party," then each party
     shall pay its own legal fees and disbursements.
     7.       Miscellaneous.
          7.1  Headings.  The  headings  contained  in  this  Agreement  are for
     purposes  of  convenience   only  and  shall  not  affect  the  meaning  or
     interpretation of this Agreement.
          7.2 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  together  with the  Exhibits
     hereto,   constitutes  the  entire   agreement  and  supersedes  all  prior
     agreements  and  understandings,  both written and oral,  among the parties
     with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          7.3   Counterparts.   This   Agreement  may  be  executed  in  several
     counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an  original  and all of which
     shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
          7.4 Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed in all respects,
     including as to  validity,  interpretation  and effect,  by the laws of the
     State of New Jersey.
          7.5 Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
     the benefit of the parties hereto and their  respective  heirs,  successors
     and permitted assigns.
          7.6  Assignment.  This Agreement  shall not be assignable by any party
     hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.
          7.7 No Third  Party  Beneficiaries.  Nothing in this  Agreement  shall
     confer any rights upon any person or entity  other than the parties  hereto
     and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns.
          7.8 Amendment;  Waivers.  No amendment,  modification  or discharge of
     this Agreement,  and no waiver hereunder,  shall be valid or binding unless
     set  forth  in  writing  and  duly  executed  by  the  party  against  whom
     enforcement of the amendment, modification,  discharge or waiver is sought.
     Neither the waiver by any of the parties hereto of a breach of or a default
     under any of the  provisions of this  Agreement,  nor the failure by any of
     the parties, on one or more occasions,  to enforce any of the provisions of
     this  Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege  hereunder,  shall be
     construed as a waiver of any other  breach or default of a similar  nature,
     or as a waiver of any of such provisions, rights or privileges hereunder.

                  [remainder of page intentionally left blank]


<PAGE>



          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have duly executed this Agreement as
     of the date first above written.
                                            MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION



                                            By:/s/Frank Russomanno
                                            ______________________________
                                             Name: Frank Russomanno
                                             Title: CFO



                                            IN-SITU OXIDATIVE TECHOLOGIES, INC.


                                            By: /s/ Richard Greenberg
                                            _______________________________
                                             Name:Richard Greenberg
                                             Title:


                                            /s/ Michael Mandelbaum
                                            ________________________________
                                             Michael Mandelbaum, Individually


                                            /s/ Richard Greenberg
                                            _______________________________
                                            Richard Greenberg, Individually


                                            ROSEBUD HOLDING, L.L.C.

                                            By:/s/George Greenberg
                                            ______________________________
                                             Name:George Greenberg
                                             Title:
<PAGE>


                  The undersigned hereby agrees to act as Escrow Agent under the
within Agreement,  and acknowledge receipt of a certificate(s)  evidencing 1,000
shares of Isotec  common  stock  registered  in the name of  Richard  Greenberg,
together with blank stock powers.
                                                    DUNETZ, MARCUS, BRODY &
                                                     WEINSTEIN, L.L.C.



                                                     By: /s/Ira B. Marcus
                                                         ___________________
                                                        IRA B MARCUS,
                                                        A Member of the Firm


<PAGE>



                                                                    Exhibit A



                                     Demand
                           Negotiable Promissory Note
                                   (Unsecured)




DATED:                                             PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:


          For value received In-Situ  Oxidative  Technologies,  Inc., a Delaware
     corporation  with an address for the purpose  hereof at 51A Everett  Drive,
     Lawrenceville,  New Jersey 08648 and its successors  and assigns  ("Maker")
     promises to pay to the order ____________________of with an address for the
     purpose hereof at _________________  ("Holder") or at such other place that
     the Holder may from time to time designate in writing, the principal amount
     of  ______________________($___________  ) DOLLARS  in lawful  money of the
     United States, ON DEMAND.

          Interest shall accumulate on the outstanding principal balance of this
     Note at the rate of six (6%)  percent  per  year  commencing  with the date
     hereof. Accumulated interest shall be paid in full monthly beginning on the
     first  monthly  anniversary  hereof  or, ON  DEMAND,  at the  option of the
     Holder.
          This  Note may be  prepaid  in whole or in part at  anytime.  If Maker
     fails to make any required  payment of principal  and/or  interest when due
     then from and after the due date late payment  charges  shall accrue on the
     balance of  principal  and  interest due on this Note at the rate of 1 1/2%
     per every thirty day period,  or part thereof,  following this default.  On
     the event that Holder shall place this Note in the hands of an attorney for
     collection  on default,  the Holder also shall be entitled to receive  from
     the Maker costs of collection  and  attorney's  fees incurred in connection
     therewith.
          The Maker waives presentment,  demand for payment,  protest and notice
     of dishonor of this Note.

          The  waiver by Holder of any one or more  breaches  or  default of any
     provision of this Note shall not  constitute a waiver or estoppel as to any
     other or subsequent breach or default.

          This Note shall be  construed  under and  governed  by the laws of the
     State of New Jersey.

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Maker has executed and sealed this Note as of
     the date first above written.


ATTEST:                                               IN-SITU OXIDATIVE
                                                      TECHNOLOGIES, INC



___________________________                            By _____________________
                , Secretary                                         , President


<PAGE>



                                                                      Exhibit B

                          Option to Purchase Shares of
                      In-Situ Oxidative Technologies, Inc.,
                        a Delaware corporation ("ISOTEC")

DATED:  _______________________

                  This is to certify that for good and  valuable  consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,  RICHARD GREENBERG,
an individual having an address at 100 Misty Lane, Parsippany,  New Jersey 07054
(the  "Optionor")  hereby grants to MENLO  ACQUISITION  CORPORATION,  a Delaware
corporation  having an  address  for the  purposes  hereof  at 100  Misty  Lane,
Parsippany,  New Jersey 07054 (the  "Optionee") the right to purchase (______ )
of the issued and outstanding  common shares of ISOTEC upon presentation of this
Option and payment of ($ ) dollars at the office of Ira B Marcus, Esq., Dunetz,
Marcus, Brody & Weinstein, L.L.C., 354 Eisenhower Parkway, Livingston, NJ 07039.

                  This Option will be void  unless  exercised  on or before June
30, 2001.

                  The  Optionor  agrees  that  if the  Optionee  exercises  this
Option, it shall receive good and marketable title to the option stock, free and
clear of all encumbrances and rights of others.

                  This Option has been executed and delivered pursuant to and in
accordance  with the terms and  conditions of a certain  Agreement,  dated as of
October 26, 1999,  by and among the  Optionor,  the  Optionee,  ISOTEC,  Michael
Mandelbaum, and Rosebud Holding, L.L.C. (the "Agreement"), and is subject to the
terms  and  conditions  of  the  Agreement,   which  are,  by  this   reference,
incorporated  herein  and made a part  hereof.  Capitalized  terms  used in this
Option without  definition  shall have the respective  meanings set forth in the
Agreement.

                  In the event of any stock dividend, stock split,  combination,
recapitalization  or other change in the capital  structure of the ISOTEC,  this
Option and the option exercise price shall be equitably adjusted.

                  This Option shall be construed  under and governed by the laws
of the State of New Jersey.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Optionor has executed and sealed this
Option as of the date first above written.

WITNESS

                                                                      (L.S.)
______________________                              ________________________
                                                    RICHARD GREENBERG



                                STATE OF DELAWARE

                        OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE





                  I,  EDWARD  J.  FREEL,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  OF THE  STATE OF
DELAWARE,  DO HEREBY  CERTIFY THE  ATTACHED  IS A TRUE AND  CORRECT  COPY OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF "FOCAL SURGERY,  INC.",  FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON
THE TWENTY-FIRST DAY OF OCTOBER, A.D. 1992, AT 10 O'CLOCK A.M.


                                     SEALED






                                                           /s/  Edward J. Freel
                                            Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State



2313347     8100
981104690
                                                      AUTHENTICATION:  8981524
                                                             DATE:    03-19-98



<PAGE>


STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 10: am 10/21/1992
7322955004 - 2313347



                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                               FOCAL SURGERY, INC.


                                    ARTICLE I

                           The name of this corporation is Focal Surgery, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

          The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State
of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street,  in the  city of  Wilmington,  County  of New
Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Trust Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted is
 to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
 under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         This  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue  one  class of stock to be
 designated "Common Stock". The total number of shares of Common Stock which the
 corporation is authorized to issue is One Million (1,000,000) shares, par value
 $.0001 per share.

                                    ARTICLE V

         The name and mailing  address of the  incorporator  is Louise D. Moore,
Brobeck,  Phleger & Harrison,  Two Embarcadero Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto,
California 94303.

                                   ARTICLE VI

         Except as otherwise  provided in this Certificate of Incorporation,  in
 furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board
 of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal,  alter, amend and rescind
 any or all of the Bylaws of the corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         The number of directors of the corporation  shall be fixed from time to
time by a bylaw or  amendment  thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or
by the stockholders.







G:\P\LDMOLP.W51
10/20/92
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                  Elections of directors  need not be by written  ballot  unless
the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                  Meetings  of  stockholders  may be held  within or without the
         State  of  Delaware,  as the  Bylaws  may  provide.  The  books  of the
         corporation  may be kept  (subject to any  provision  contained  in the
         statutes)  outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may
         be  designated  from time to time by the Board of  Directors  or in the
         Bylaws of the corporation.

                                    ARTICLE X

                  A director of the corporation  shall not be personally  liable
         to the corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach
         of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i)
          for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or
         its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
         involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)
         under Section 174 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law, or (iv) for
         any transaction  from which the director  derived an improper  personal
         benefit.  If the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law is amended  after
         approval by the  stockholders of this Article to authorize  corporation
         action  further  eliminating  or limiting  the  personal  liability  of
         directors then the liability of a director of the corporation  shall be
         eliminated or limited to the fullest  extent  permitted by the Delaware
         General Corporation Law as so amended.

                  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this
         Article X by the  stockholders of the  corporation  shall not adversely
         affect  any  right  or  protection  of a  director  of the  corporation
         existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                  The corporation  reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
         repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in
         the manner  now or  hereafter  prescribed  by  statute,  and all rights
         conferred  upon  stockholders   herein  are  granted  subject  to  this
         reservation.


                  IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the   undersigned   has  signed  this
          Certificate this 20th day of October, 1992.


                                                            /s/ Louise D. Moore
                                                            Louise D. Moore
                                                            Incorporator









                                       2.



                                STATE OF DELAWARE

                        OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE





                  I,  EDWARD  J.  FREEL,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  OF THE  STATE OF
DELAWARE,  DO HEREBY  CERTIFY THE  ATTACHED  IS A TRUE AND  CORRECT  COPY OF THE
RESTATED  CERTIFICATE  OF "FOCAL  SURGERY,  INC.",  FILED IN THIS  OFFICE ON THE
TWENTY-SEVENTH DAY OF APRIL A.D.1993, AT 1 O'CLOCK P.M.


                                     SEALED






                                             /s/  Edward J. Freel
                                             Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State


2313347        8100
981104690
                                                      AUTHENTICATION:  8981525
                                                             DATE:    03-19-98
<PAGE>




                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                             OF FOCAL SURGERY. INC.

                             A Delaware Corporation

                 (Originally incorporated on October 21, 1992.)



         The undersigned, Louise D. Moore, hereby certifies that:

         ONE:     She is the sole Incorporator of said corporation.

         TWO:     The Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation shall be
amended to read in full as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

         The  name  of  this   corporation   is  FOCAL   SURGERY,   INC.,   (the
"Corporation").

                                   ARTICLE II

         The  address  of the  corporation's  registered  office in the State of
Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.
The  name  of  the  corporation's  registered  agent  at  such  address  is  The
Corporation Trust Company.

                                   ARTICLE III

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which  corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

                                   ARTICLE IV

         A.  Classes  of Stock.  The  corporation  is  authhorized  to issue two
classes of stock to be designated,  respectively,  "Common Stock" and "Preferred
Stock." The total number of shares which the  Corporation is authorized to issue
is Eleven Million  (11,000,000) shares. Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be
Common Stock,  par value $0.0001 per share and One Million  (1,000,000)  shares,
par value $0.0001 per share. shall be Preferred Stock.

         B.  Rights,  Preferences  and  Restrictions  of  Preferred  Stock.  The
Preferred  Stock  authorized  by  these  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board
of Directors is hereby authorized within the limitations and restrictions stated
in this Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,  to fix or alter the
divided rights,  dividend rate,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,  rights and
terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), the redemption price or
prices,  and the  liquidation  preferences  of any  wholly  unissued  series  of
Preferred Stock,  and the number of shares  constituting any such series and the
designation  thereof,  or any of them, and to increase or decrease the number of
shares of any series  subsequent to the issue of shares of that series,  but not
below the number of shares of such series then  outstanding.  In case the number
of shares of any series  shall be so  decreased,  the shares  constituting  such
decrease  shall  resume the status  which they had prior to the  adoption of the
resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

                                                       State of Delaware
                                                       Secretary of State
                                                       Division of Corporations
                                                       Filed 01:00 PM 4/27/1993

                                                       733117020 - 2313347

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V

         Except as otherwise  provided in this Amended and Restated  Certificate
of  Incorporation,  in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred
by statute,  the Board of  Directors is expressly  authorized  to make,  repeal,
alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VI

         The number of directors of the Corporation  shall be fixed from time to
time by a bylaw or  amendment  thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or
by the stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE VII

         Elections of directors  need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws
of the Corporation shall so provide.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

         Stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall take action by  meetings  held
pursuant to this  Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and the
Bylaws and shall have no right to take any action by written  consent  without a
meeting.  Meetings  of  stockholders  may be held within or without the State of
Delaware,  as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the  Corporation may be kept
(subject  to any  provision  contained  in the  statutes)  outside  the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may be  designated  from time to time by the
Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX

         A director of the  Corporation  shall not be  personally  liable to the
Corporation  or its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  except for liability  (i) for any breach of the  director's
duty of  loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders,  (ii)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law,  (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware  General  Corporation
Law, or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the director  derived any improper
personal  benefit.  If the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law is amended  after
approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize  corporation action
further  eliminating  or limiting the personal  liability of directors  then the
liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

         Any repeal or modification of the foregoing  provisions of this Article
IX by the  stockholders of the Corporation  shall not adversely affect any right
or  protection  of a director  of the  Corporation  existing at the time of such
repeal or modification.

                                    ARTICLE X

         To the fullest extent  permitted by applicable law, this Corporation is
also authorized to provide  indemnification  of (and advancement of expenses to)
such  agents  (and  any  other  persons  to  which  Delaware  law  permits  this
Corporation to provide  indemnification)  through Bylaw  provisions,  agreements
with  such  agents  or other  persons,  vote of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors  or  otherwise,  in  excess  of the  indemnification  and  advancement
otherwise  permitted by Section 145 of the General  Corporation Law of the State
of  Delaware,  subject  only  to  limits  created  by  applicable  Delaware  law
(statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this
Corporation, its stockholders, and others.





<PAGE>

                                       2.

         Any repeal or modification  of any of the foregoing  provisions of this
Article X shall not  adversely  affect any right or  protection  of a  director,
officer,  agent or  other  person  existing  at the time  of,  or  increase  the
liability  of any  director  of this  corporation  with  respect  to any acts or
omissions of such director,  officer or agent  occurring prior to such repeal or
modification

                                   ARTICLE XI

         The corporation  reserves the right to amend,  alter,  change or repeal
any   provision   contained  in  this  Amended  and  Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation,  in the manner now or hereafter  prescribed  by statute,  and all
rights  conferred  upon   stockholders   herein  are  granted  subject  to  this
reservation.

         THREE:   The   foregoing   amendment  has  been  duly  adopted  by  the
Corporation's sole Incorporator in accordance with the applicable  provisions of
Sections  241 and 245 of the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware.
The corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has executed this  certificate on
April 26, 1993.





                                                  /s/ Louise D. Moore
                                                  Louise D. Moore, Incorporator




         The  undersigned  certifies  under penalty of perjury that she has read
the foregoing  Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and knows the
contents thereof, and that the statements therein are true.

         Executed at Palo Alto, California on April 26, 1993.


                                                          /s/ Louise D. Moore
                                                          Louise D. Moore





                                       3.




                                STATE OF DELAWARE

                        OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE





                  I,  EDWARD  J.  FREEL,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  OF THE  STATE OF
DELAWARE,  DO HEREBY  CERTIFY THE  ATTACHED  IS A TRUE AND  CORRECT  COPY OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF "FOCAL SURGERY,  INC.",  FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE
TWENTY-FOURTH DAY OF SEPTEMBER A.D. 1993 AT 4:20 O'CLOCK P.M.


                                     SEALED





                                           /s/Edward J. Freel
                                            Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State


2313347     8100
981104690
                                             AUTHENTICATION:  8981526
                                                    DATE:    03-19-98

<PAGE>

STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 04:20 PM.  9/24/1993
733267028 - 2313347


                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                             OF FOCAL SURGERY, INC.
                             A Delaware Corporation
                  (Originally incorporated on October 21, 1992)




                  The undersigned, Stewart Carrell and Allen W. May hereby
 certify that:

                  ONE:     They are the duly elected and acting Chairman of the
 Board and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of said corporation.

                  TWO:     ARTICLE IV (A) of the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation shall be deleted in its
entirety and replaced as set forth below:

                  "A. Classes of Stock.  This corporation is authorized to issue
                  two classes of stock to be designated,  respectively,  "Common
                  Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares which
                  the  corporation  is authorized to issue is Thirty Two Million
                  (32,000,000)  shares.  Thirty Million (30,000,000) shares, par
                  value $0.0001 per share, shall be Common Stock and Two Million
                  (2,000,000)  shares,  par value  $0.0001  per share,  shall be
                  Preferred Stock."


                                      * * *

         THREE:  The foregoing amendment has been approved by the Board of
Directors of said corporation.

         FOUR: The foregoing  amendment was approved by the sole  stockholder of
the  corporation  in  accordance  with  Section  242  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law. The number of shares voting in favor of the foregoing amendment
equaled or exceeded the vote  required,  such  required vote being a majority of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

         FIVE:      The foregoing amendment was adopted in conformity with
Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF: the undersigned have executed this certificate on
 September 24, 1993.


                                               /s/  Stewart Carrell
                                               Stewart Carrell
                                               Chairman of the Board



 Attest:

/s/  Allen W. May
Allen W. May
Assistant Secretary



                                STATE OF DELAWARE

                        OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE





                  I,  EDWARD  J.  FREEL,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  OF THE  STATE OF
DELAWARE,  DO HEREBY  CERTIFY THE  ATTACHED  IS A TRUE AND  CORRECT  COPY OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF "FOCAL SURGERY, INC.", CHANGING ITS NAME FROM "FOCAL
SURGERY, INC." TO "FOCUS SURGERY, INC.", FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTEENTH
DAY OF JUNE, A.D. 1994 AT 10 O'CLOCK A.M.


                                     SEALED






                                      /s/  Edward J. Freel
                                       Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State



2313347     8100
981104690
                                       AUTHENTICATION:  8981527
                                              DATE:    03-19-98
<PAGE>



                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                               FOCAL SURGERY, INC.

         FOCAL  Surgery,  Inc., a corporation  organized and existing  under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation") does hereby
certify :

         FIRST:  That at a meeting of the Board of Directors  of FOCAL  Surgery,
Inc.,  resolutions  were duly adopted setting forth a proposed  amendment of the
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of said  corporation,  declaring  said
amendment  to be  advisable  and calling a meeting of the  stockholders  of said
corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed
amendment is as follows:

         RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the  corporation  be amended by striking  Article I and Article IV, Section A in
their entirety and replacing therefor:


                                    Article I

         The name of this corporation is FOCUS Surgery, Inc. (the "Corporation")

                                       And

                                   Article IV


         A..  Classes  of Stock.  The  Corporation  is  authorized  to issue two
classes of stock to be designated,  respectively,  "Common Stock" and "Preferred
Stock." The total number of shares which the  Corporation is authorized to issue
is Forty Two Million (42,000,000) shares. Forty Million (40,000,000) shares, par
value  $0.,0001 per share,  shall be Common Stock,  and Two Million  (2,000,000)
shares, par value $0.0001 per share, shall be Preferred Stock."

         SECOND:  That  thereafter,  pursuant  to  resolution  of its  Board  of
Directors,  a special meeting of the  stockholders of said  corporation was duly
called and held,  upon  notice in  accordance  with  Section  222 of the General
Corporation  law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary  number
of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.


         THIRD:          That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Certificate to be
signed and  attested to by its duly  authorized  officers  this 15th day of June
1994.


                                        FOCUS SURGERY, INC.

                                        /s/  Edward C. Driscoll, Jr.
                                        Edward C. Driscoll, Jr., PhD, President

                                        /s/ Marshall A. Petersen
                                        Marshall A. Petersen, Secretary

                                                       STATE OF DELAWARE
                                                       SECRETARY OF STATE
                                                       DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
                                                       FILED 10:00 AM 06/17/1994
                                                       944110000  -2313347



                                STATE OF DELAWARE

                        OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE





                  I,  EDWARD  J.  FREEL,  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  OF THE  STATE OF
DELAWARE,  DO HEREBY  CERTIFY THE  ATTACHED  IS A TRUE AND  CORRECT  COPY OF THE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF "FOCUS SURGERY, INC.", CHANGING ITS NAME FROM "FOCUS
SURGERY, INC." TO "MENLO ACQUISITION  CORPORATION",  FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE
FOURTH DAY OF FEBRUARY A.D. 1997, AT 9 O'CLOCK A.M.


                                     SEALED





                                         /s/Edward J. Freel
                                          Edward J. Freel, Secretary of State



2313347     8100
981104690
                                          AUTHENTICATION:  8981528
                                                 DATE:    03-19-98

<PAGE>







                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
                               FOCUS SURGERY, INC.


         FOCUS  Surgery,  Inc., a corporation  organized and existing  under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation") does hereby
certify:

         FIRST:  That at a meeting of the Board of Directors  of FOCUS  Surgery,
Inc.,  resolutions  were duly adopted setting forth a proposed  amendment of the
Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of said  corporation,  declaring  said
amendment  to be  advisable  and calling a meeting of the  stockholders  of said
corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed
amendment is as follows:


         RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the  corporation be amended by striking  Article I in its entirety and replacing
therefor:

                                   Article I

         The name of this  corporation  is MENLO  Acquisition  Corporation  (the
"Corporation").


         SECOND:  That  thereafter,  pursuant  to  resolution  of its  Board  of
Directors, a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and
held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General  Corporation law
of the State of Delaware  at which  meeting  the  necessary  number of shares as
required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

         THIRD:    That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.





















                                                             STATE OF DELAWARE
                                                            SECRETARY OF STATE
                                                      DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
                                                    FILED 09:00 AM  02/04/1997
                                                           971036353 - 2313347



STATE OF DELAWARE
SECRETARY OF STATE
DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
FILED 09:00 AM 3/10/1999
  991092790  - 2313347



                                     FORM OF

             SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCOPORATION
                        OF MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

                             A Delaware Corporation

                  (Originally Incorporated on October 21, 1992)


         MENLO  ACQUISITION  CORPORATION,  a corporation  organized and existing
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

         DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

         FIRST:            That  the  name of this  corporation  is  MENLO
ACQUISITION  CORPORATION  (hereinafter  referred  to as the "Corporation").

         SECOND:   That  the  original   Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under
the name FOCAL  SURGERY,  INC. on October  21,  1992.  An Amended  and  Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  was  filed  with the  Secretary  of State of the
Delaware under the name FOCAL  SURGERY,  INC. on April 27, 1993 and an amendment
to  that  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  revising  the
authorized capital of the Corporation,  was filed with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware on September 24, 1993. A further  amendment to the Amended
and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  further  revising the  authorized
capital of the  Corporation  and changing the name of the  corporation  to FOCUS
SURGERY, INC., was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
June 17, 1994. A further  amendment to the Amended and Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  changing  the  name  of the  Corporation  to  MENLO  ACQUISITION
CORPORATION,  was filed with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
February 4, 1997.

         THIRD:  That  provision  for the  making  of this  Second  Amended  and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation is contained in an order dated 10/28/1998
(the  "Confirmation  Order")  of the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Court  for the
Northern District of California in case No. 96-41107-N confirming the Chapter 11
Plan of Reorganization of the Corporation (the "Plan").

         FOURTH:   That  the   Confirmation   Order  empowers  and  directs  the
Corporation  to execute such  documents and take, or cause to be taken,  any and
all actions required to enable the effective  implementation of the Plan and the
Confirmation  Order and that the Plan  contemplates  the  filing of this  Second
Amended and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  in order to effectuate the
Plan's provisions.

         FIFTH: That in accordance with Sections 242, 245 and 303 of the General
Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,  this Second  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  restates and  integrates  and further amends the
provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended,
of the Corporation.

         SIXTH;   The  text  of  the  Amended  and   Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation, as amended, is hereby restated and further amended to read in its
entirety as hereinafter set forth:

<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE I: NAME

          The name of this  corporation is MENLO  ACQUISITION  CORPORATION  (the
"Corporation").

               ARTICLE II: REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE

         The  address  of the  corporation's  registered  office in the State of
Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of  Wilmington,  County of New Castle.
The name of the registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.


                              ARTICLE III: PURPOSE

         The nature of the  business or purposes to be  conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act of activity for which  corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                         ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

         A. Classes of Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes
of stock to be designated,  respectively,  "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock."
The total number of shares which is the  Corporation  is  authorized to issue is
Forty-Two Million  (42,000,000)  shares. Forty Million (40,000,000) shares shall
be Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and Two Million (2,000,000) shares
shall be Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

         B.  Rights,  Preferences  and  Restrictions  of  Preferred  Stock.  The
Preferred  Stock  authorized by this Second Amended and Restated  Certificate of
Incorporation  may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board
of Directors  is hereby  authorized,  within the  limitations  and  restrictions
stated in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,  to fix
or alter the divided rights,  dividend rate,  conversion rights,  voting rights,
rights and terms of redemption  (including sinking fund provisions),  redemption
price or prices and  liquidation  preferences of any wholly  unissued  series of
Preferred Stock,  and any other relative rights,  preferences and limitations of
that  series,  and the  number of shares  constituting  any such  series and the
designation  thereof,  or any of them, and to increase or decrease the number of
shares of any series  subsequent to the issue of shares of that series,  but not
below the number of shares of such series then  outstanding.  In case the number
of shares of any series  shall be so  decreased,  the shares  constituting  such
decrease  shall  resume the status  which they had prior to the  adoption of the
resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.


                          ARTICLE V: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         A. The business and affairs of the Corporation  shall be managed by its
Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do
all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or this Second Amended and
Restated  Certificate  directed  or  required  to be  exercised  or  done by the
stockholders of the Corporation.  The number of directors which shall constitute
the whole Board of Directors  (the "Whole Board") shall be not less than one (1)
nor more than fifteen  (15).  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series
of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified  circumstances,
the number of directors  that shall  constitute  the Whole Board shall be fixed,
from time to time,  within the  foregoing  minimum and maximum,  by the Board of
Directors  pursuant  to a  resolution  adopted  by a  majority  of the  Board of
Directors.


                                       2.

<PAGE>



         B.  Election  of  directors  need not be by written  ballot  unless the
Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

         C. Except as  otherwise  provided in this Second  Amended and  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by statute,  the Board of Directors is expressly  authorized  to make,
repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all Bylaws of the Corporation.


                ARTICLE VI: LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

         A. A Director of the Corporation  shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation  or its  stockholders  for monetary  damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  except for liability  (i) for any breach of the  director's
duty of  loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its  stockholders;  (ii)  for  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware;  or (iv) for any transaction  from which the director derived
any improper  personal benefit.  If the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware is hereafter amended to authorize further  elimination of or limitation
on the  liability  of a  director  of a  corporation,  then the  liability  of a
director  of this  Corporation  shall be  eliminated  or limited to the  fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,  as so
amended.


         B.  Any  repeal  or   modification  of  this  Article  VI  by  (i)  the
stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) amendment to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware (unless such statutory amendment  specifically provides
to the contrary)  shall not adversely  affect any right or protection,  existing
immediately  prior to the  effectiveness  of such  repeal or  modification  with
respect to any acts or omissions occurring either before or after such repeal or
modification,  of a person  serving as a director  at the time of such repeal or
modification.



         ARTICLE VII: INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS


         A. The Corporation  shall,  to the fullest extent  permitted by Section
145 of the General  Corporation  Law of the State of  Delaware,  as amended from
time to time, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that he is or was,  or has  agreed to  become,  a  director  or  officer of this
Corporation,  or is or was  serving,  or has agreed to serve,  at the request of
this Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity
with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
(including  any employee  benefit  plan),  or by reason of any action alleged to
have been taken or omitted in such  capacity,  against all  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit
or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.

         B.  Indemnification  may include payment by the Corporation of expenses
in defending  any action or proceeding  in advance of the final  disposition  of
such  action  or  proceeding  upon  receipt  of an  undertaking  by  the  person
indemnified  to repay such  payment  if it is  ultimately  determined  that such
person  is not  entitled  to  indemnification  under  this  Article  VII,  which
undertaking may be accepted without  reference to the financial  ability of such
person to make such repayment.


                                       3.


<PAGE>


         C. The  indemnification  rights  provided in this Article VII (i) shall
not be deemed  exclusive of any other rights to which those  indemnified  may be
entitled  under any law,  agreement  or vote of  stockholders  or  disinterested
directors  or  otherwise  and (ii)  shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  heirs,
executors and administrators of such persons. The Corporation may, to the extent
authorized  from time to time by its Board of Directors,  grant  indemnification
rights to other employees or agents of this Corporation or other persons serving
this  Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than,
those set forth in this Article VII.

         D.  Any  repeal  or  modification  of  this  Article  VII  by  (i)  the
stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) amendment to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware (unless such statutory amendment  specifically provides
to the contrary)  shall not adversely  affect any right or protection,  existing
immediately  prior to the  effectiveness  of such  repeal or  modification  with
respect to any acts of omissions occurring either before or after such repeal or
modification, of a person otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder at the
time of such repeal or modification.



                             ARTICLE VIII: DURATION

                  The duration of the Corporation is perpetual, unless dissolved
according to law.


                          ARTICLE IX: PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

                  Unless  otherwise  provided  by the  Board of  Directors  with
respect  to a  particular  series  of  Preferred  Stock,  no holder of shares of
capital stock of the  Corporation  shall have any preemptive or similar  rights,
except as such  rights are  expressly  provided  by  contract,  to  purchase  or
subscribe for or receive any shares of any class, or series thereof,  of capital
stock of the Corporation,  whether now or hereafter authorized,  or any warrant,
option, bond, debenture or other security convertible into,  exchangeable for or
carrying any right to purchase any shares of any class,  or series  thereof,  of
capital stock of the Corporation.


                      ARTICLE X: COMPROMISE OR ARRANGEMENT

                  Whenever a compromise or  arrangements  proposed  between this
Corporation  and  its  creditors  or any  class  of  them  and/or  between  this
Corporation  and its  stockholders  or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction  within the State of Delaware may, on the  application in a summary
way of this  Corporation  or of any creditor or stockholder  thereof,  or on the
application of any receiver or receivers  appointed for this  Corporation  under
the  provisions  of  Section  291 of  Title  8 of the  Delaware  Code  or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this  Corporation  under the  provisions  of  Section  279 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this  Corporation,  as the case may
be, to be summoned in such  manner as the said court  directs.  If a majority in
number  representing  three-fourths  in  value  of the  creditors  or  class  of
creditors,  and/or  of  the  stockholders  or  class  of  stockholders  of  this
Corporation,  as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement  and to
any  reorganization  of this  Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement,  the said  compromise or  arrangement  and the said  reorganization
shall,  if sanctioned by the court to which the said  application has been made,
be  binding  on all the  creditors  or class  of  creditors,  and/or  on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders,  of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this  Corporation.  Nothing  contained herein shall affect or impair
the  Corporation's  ability to avail  itself of any other  state or federal  law
concerning insolvency and/or reorganization,  including but not limited to Title
11 of the U.S. Code.


                                       4.



<PAGE>



                          ARTICLE XI: FURTHER AMENDMENT


                  The Corporation  reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision  contained in this Second Amended and Restated  Certificate
of Incorporation,  in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all
rights  conferred  upon   stockholders   herein  are  granted  subject  to  this
reservation.


                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has caused this Second
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to be signed by its duly
authorized officer this 10th day of March 1999.




                                          /s/  Richard S. Greenberg

                              Print name: Richard S. Greenberg, Ph.D.

                              Title:      Chairman  and Chief Executive Officer

                                       5.




                                     BY LAWS
                                       OF
                               FOCAL SURGERY, INC.
                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

         Section 1.        The registered office shall be in the city of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
         Section 2.        The  corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors
may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
         Section  1.  All  meetings  of the  stockholders  for the  election  of
directors  shall be held at such place  either  within or  without  the State of
Delaware as shall be designated  from time to time by the Board of Directors and
stated in the notice of the  meeting.  Meetings  of  stockholders  for any other
purpose  may be held at such  time and  place,  within or  without  the State of
Delaware,  as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed
waiver of notice thereof.
         Section 2. Annual  meetings of  stockholders,  commencing with the year
1993, shall be held at such place,  date and hour as shall be fixed by the Board
of Directors (the "Board") and stated in the notice if the meeting, at which the
stockholders shall elect a board of directors,  and transact such other business
as may properly be brought before the meeting.

G:\Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93

<PAGE>


         Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at
such  meeting  not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty  (60) days  before the
date of the meeting.
         Section  4. The  officer  who has  charge  of the  stock  ledger of the
corporation  shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make,
at least ten days before every meeting of  stockholders,  a complete list of the
stockholders  entitled to vote at the meeting,  arranged in alphabetical  order,
and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares  registered
in the name of each  stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of
any  stockholder,  for any  purpose  germane  to the  meeting,  during  ordinary
business hours,  for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting,  either
at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be
specified in the notice of the meeting,  or, if not so  specified,  at the place
where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the
time and  place  of the  meeting  during  the  whole  time  thereof,  and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
         Section 5.  Special  meetings of the  stockholders,  for any purpose or
purposes,  unless  otherwise  prescribed  by  statute or by the  certificate  of
incorporation,  may be  called  by the  President  and  shall be  called  by the
President  or  Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of
Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders  owning not less than 10%
of the entire  voting  stock of the  corporation  issued and  outstanding.  Such
request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

                                       2.
G:\Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93
<PAGE>



         Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place,  date
and hour of the meeting  and the  purpose or  purposes  for which the meeting is
called,  shall be given  not less than ten (10) nor more  than  sixty  (60) days
before the date of the  meeting,  to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at such
meeting.
         Section 7. Business  transacted at any special  meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
         Section  8.  The  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  stock  issued  and
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or  represented by
proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of the  stockholders  for the
transaction  of  business,  except as  otherwise  provided  by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation.  If, however,  such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the  stockholders,  the  stockholders  entitled to
vote thereat,  present in person or  represented  by proxy,  shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting,  until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or  represented,  any business may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
notified.  If the  adjournment  is for more than  thirty  days,  or if after the
adjournment  a new record date is fixed for the adjourned  meeting,  a notice of
the adjourned  meeting shall be given to each  stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
         Section  9. When a quorum is present  at any  meeting,  the vote of the
holders of a majority  of the stock  having  voting  power  present in person or
represented by proxy and voting on a certain question  (abstentions being deemed
for purposes of this Section

                                       3.
G:\Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93

<PAGE>


to be  non-votes)  shall decide any such question  brought  before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of
the certificate of  incorporation,  a different vote is required,  in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
         Section  10.  Unless   otherwise   provided  in  the   certificate   of
incorporation,  each  stockholder  shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the  capital  stock
having  voting  power held by such  stockholder,  but no proxy shall be voted on
after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
         Section 11.  Nominations for election to the Board of Directors must be
made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of
capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors.
Nominations  other than those made by the Board of Directors of the corporation,
must be preceded by notification in writing in fact received by the Secretary of
the  corporation  not less than  thirty  (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days
prior to any meeting of stockholders called for the election of directors.  Such
notification shall contain the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve
as a director if so elected and the  following  information  as to each proposed
nominee and as to each person,  acting alone or in conjunction  with one or more
other persons as a partnership,  limited partnership,  syndicate or other group,
who  participates  or is expected to participate in making such nomination or in
organizing, directing or financing such nomination or solicitation of proxies to
vote for the nominee:

                                       4.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93
<PAGE>



                           (a)      the name, age,  residence,  address and
business  address of each proposed nominee and of each such person;
                           (b)      the principal  occupation or employment,
the name, type of business and address of the corporation or other organization
in  which  such  employment  is carried on of each proposed  nominee and of
each suchperson;
                           (c) the  amount of stock of the  corporation owned
beneficially, either directly or indirectly, by each proposed nominee and each
such person; and
                           (d)      a description of any arrangement or
understanding of each proposed nominee and of each such person with each other
or any other person  regarding  future  employment or any future transaction to
which the corporation will or may be a party.
         The  presiding  officer  of the  meeting  shall have the  authority  to
determine  and  declare  to  the  meeting  that a  nomination  not  preceded  by
notification   made  in  accordance  with  the  foregoing   procedure  shall  be
disregarded.
         Section  12. At any  meeting of the  stockholders,  only such  business
shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (a) pursuant to
the corporation's  notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or (c) by any  stockholder of the  corporation who is a stockholder of
record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall
be entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice  procedures
set forth in this Bylaw.
         For business to be properly brought before any meeting by a stockholder
pursuant  to clause  (c) of this  Section  12, the  stockholder  must have given
timely notice


                                       5.
G:\Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93

<PAGE>


thereof  in  writing  to the  Secretary  of the  corporation.  To be  timely,  a
stockholder's  notice  must  be  delivered  to or  mailed  and  received  at the
principal  executive  offices of the  corporation  not less than thirty (30) nor
more than  sixty  (60) days prior to the date of the  meeting.  A  stockholder's
notice  to the  Secretary  shall  set forth as to each  matter  the  stockholder
proposes to bring  before the meeting (a) a brief  description  of the  business
desired to be brought  before the meeting and the  reasons for  conducting  such
business  at the  meeting,  (b) the  name and  address,  as they  appear  on the
corporation's  books, of the stockholder  proposing such business,  and the name
and address of the  beneficial  owner,  if any, on whose  behalf the proposal is
made,  (c) the class and  number  of shares of the  corporation  which are owned
beneficially  and of record by such  stockholder of record and by the beneficial
owner,  if any, on whose  behalf of the  proposal  is made and (d) any  material
interest of such  stockholder  of record and the  beneficial  owner,  if any, on
whose behalf the proposal is made in such business.
         Notwithstanding  anything in these Bylaws to the contrary,  no business
shall be conducted at a meeting  except in accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth in this Section 12. The  presiding  officer of the meeting  shall,  if the
facts  warrant,  determine  and declare to the  meeting  that  business  was not
properly  brought  before the  meeting  and in  accordance  with the  procedures
prescribed  by this  Section  12,  and if he  should so  determine,  he shall so
declare to the meeting and any such  business  not properly  brought  before the
meeting shall not be  transacted.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of
this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable

                                       6.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93

<PAGE>


requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules
and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section
12.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS
         Section 1. The number of  directors  which shall  constitute  the whole
board  shall be not less than  three  (3) and not more than five (5).  The exact
number of directors  shall be set within these limits by resolution of the Board
of Directors or by the  stockholders  at an annual meeting of the  stockholders.
The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except
as provided in Section 2 of this Article,  and each director  elected shall hold
office  until his  successor  is elected and  qualified.  Directors  need not be
stockholders..
         Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a
majority of the  directors  then in office,  though less than a quorum,  or by a
sole remaining  director.  The directors so chosen shall serve for the remainder
of the term of the vacated directorships being filled and until their successors
are duly elected and shall  qualify,  unless sooner  displaced.  If there are no
directors  in office,  then an election of  directors  may be held in the manner
provided by statute.
         Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of its board of  directors,  which may exercise all such powers of
the  corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or
by the certificate of  incorporation  or by these bylaws directed or required to
be exercised or done by the stockholders.
                                       7.

G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51
03/23/93

<PAGE>


                       MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
         Section 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
         Section 5. The first  meeting of each newly  elected Board of Directors
shall be held  immediately  following the annual meeting of the stockholders and
no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly  elected  directors in
order legally to constitute the meeting,  provided a quorum shall be present. In
the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such
time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as  hereinafter  provided
for special  meetings of the Board of  Directors,  or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
         Section  6.  Regular  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  may be held
without  notice  at such  time and at such  place as shall  from time to time be
determined by the board.
         Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the President
or Chairman on four (4) days' notice to each director by mail or 48 hours notice
to each  director  either  personally  or by  telephone,  telegram or facsimile;
special  meetings  shall be called by the  President or Secretary in like manner
and on like  notice on the  written  request of two  directors  unless the board
consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by
the  President  or  Secretary  in like  manner and on like notice on the written
request of the sole director.  A written waiver of notice,  signed by the person
entitled  thereto,  whether  before  or  after  the time of the  meeting  stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.

                                       8.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


         Section 8. At all  meetings  of the board a majority  of the  directors
then in office shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business,  and
the act of a majority of the directors  present at any meeting at which there is
a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors,  except as may be otherwise
specifically  provided by statute or by the certificate of  incorporation.  If a
quorum  shall not be  present  at any  meeting  of the Board of  Directors,  the
directors  present  thereat may adjourn the meeting  from time to time,  without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
         Section  9.  Unless   otherwise   restricted  by  the   certificate  of
incorporation  of these bylaws,  any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any  committee  thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent  thereto in  writing,  and the  writing or  writings  are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
         Section  10.  Unless   otherwise   restricted  by  the  certificate  of
incorporation  or  these  bylaws,  members  of the  Board of  Directors,  or any
committee designated by the Board of Directors,  may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors,  or any committee,  by means of conference  telephone or
similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting  can hear each  other,  and such  participation  in a meeting  shall
constitute presence in person at the meeting.
                             COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
         Section  11. The Board of  Directors  may,  by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one

                                       9.

G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more
directors as alternate  members of any committee,  who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.
         In the  absence of  disqualification  of a member of a  committee,  the
member or members  thereof  present at any  meeting  and not  disqualified  from
voting whether or not he or they constitute a quorum,  may  unanimously  appoint
another  member of the Board of  Directors to act at the meeting in the place of
any such absent or disqualified member.
         Any such  committee,  to the extent  provided in the  resolution of the
Board of Directors,  shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of
the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the  business and affairs of the
corporation,  and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers  which may  require  it,  but no such  committee  shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's  property and
assets,  recommending to the  stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a  dissolution,  or amending the bylaws of the  corporation;  and,
unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation  expressly so provide,
no such committee  shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock.  Such  committee or committees  shall have such
name or names as may be determined  from time to time by  resolution  adopted by
the Board of Directors.

                                       10.

G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


         Section 12. Each committee  shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings
and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
                            COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
         Section  13.  Unless   otherwise   restricted  by  the  certificate  of
incorporation  or these bylaws,  the Board of Directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of directors.  Director compensation may include,  among
other things,  payment of their expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting
of the Board of Directors, payment of a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting
of the Board of  Directors or payment of a stated  salary as  director.  No such
payment shall  preclude any director from serving the  corporation  in any other
capacity and  receiving  compensation  therefor.  Members of special or standing
committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
                              REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
         Section  14.  Unless   otherwise   restricted  by  the  Certificate  of
incorporation  or by law, any  director or the entire Board of Directors  may be
removed,  with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     NOTICES
         Section 1.  Whenever,  under the  provisions  of the statutes or of the
certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws,  notice is required to be given
to any  director or  stockholder,  it shall not be  construed  to mean  personal
notice  (except as provided in Section 7 of Article  III of these  bylaws),  but
such  notice may be given in writing,  by mail,  addressed  to such  director or
stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of
                                       11.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


the corporation,  with postage thereon prepaid,  and such notice shall be deemed
to be given at the time when the same shall be  deposited  in the United  States
mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, telegram or facsimile.
         Section  2.  Whenever  any  notice is  required  to be given  under the
provisions of the statutes or of the  certificate of  incorporation  or of these
bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to
said notice,  whether before or after the time stated  therein,  shall be deemed
equivalent  thereto.  The written  waiver  need not  specify the  business to be
transacted  at,  nor the  purpose  of, any  regular  or  special  meeting of the
stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,  except
when the person attends the meeting for the express  purpose of objecting at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened.
                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS
         Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board
of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer
or Treasurer. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman
of the Board and a Vice  Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may also
choose  one  or  more  vice-presidents,   assistant  secretaries  and  assistant
financial officers or assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by
the same  person,  unless  the  certificate  of  incorporation  or these  bylaws
otherwise provide.

                                       12.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


                                                                   .

         Section  2. The Board of  Directors  at its first  meeting  after  each
annual  meeting of  stockholders  shall choose a President,  Secretary and Chief
Financial Officer or Treasurer and may choose vice-presidents.
         Section 3. The Board of Directors  may appoint such other  officers and
agents as it shall deem  necessary  who shall hold their  offices for such terms
and shall  exercise  such powers and perform such duties as shall be  determined
from time to time by the board.
         Section 4. The  salaries of all  officers of the  corporation  shall be
fixed by the Board of  Directors.  The  salaries  of  agents of the  corporation
shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors,  be fixed by the President or any
Vice-President of the corporation.
         Section 5. The  officers of the  corporation  shall hold  office  until
their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the
Board of  Directors  may be  removed  at any time by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy  occurring in any office of the
corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
                            THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
         Section 6. The  Chairman  of the Board,  if any,  shall  preside at all
meetings of the Board of Directors and of the  stockholders at which he shall be
present.  He shall have and may exercise  such powers as are, from time to time,
assigned to him by the Board and as may be provided by law.
         Section  7. In the  absence  of the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the Vice
Chairman of the Board,  if any,  shall  preside at all  meetings of the Board of
Directors and of the  stockholders  at which he shall be present.  He shall have
and may exercise such
                                       13.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may be
provided by law.

                        THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENT
         Section 8. The President  shall be the chief  executive  officer of the
corporation;  and in the absence of the Chairman and  Vice-Chairman of the Board
he or she shall  preside at all  meetings of the  stockholders  and the Board of
Directors; he or she shall have general and active management of the business of
the  corporation  and shall see that all orders and  resolutions of the Board of
Directors are carried into effect.
         Section 9. The President or any  Vice-President  shall  execute  bonds,
mortgages  and  other  contracts  requiring  a  seal,  under  the  seal  of  the
corporation,  except where  required or permitted by law to be otherwise  signed
and  executed  and except  where the  signing  and  execution  thereof  shall be
expressly  delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of
the corporation.
         Section 10. In the absence of the  President  or in the event of his or
her  inability or refusal to act, the  Vice-President,  if any, (or in the event
there  be  more  than  one  Vice-President,  the  Vice-Presidents  in the  order
designated by the directors,  or in the absence of any designation,  then in the
order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President,  and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
                      THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
         Section 11. The  Secretary  shall  attend all  meetings of the Board of
Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the  meetings of the  corporation  and of the Board of Directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and
                                       14.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>

shall perform like duties for the standing  committees when required.  He or she
shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
special meetings of the Board of Directors,  and shall perform such other duties
as may be  prescribed  by the  Board of  Directors  or  President,  under  whose
supervision  he or she shall be. He or she shall have  custody of the  corporate
seal of the  corporation  and he or she, or an assistant  secretary,  shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument  requiring it and when so affixed,
it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant
secretary.  The  Board of  Directors  may give  general  authority  to any other
officer to affix the seal of the  corporation and to attest the fixing by his or
her signature.
         Section 12. The Assistant Secretary,  or if there be more than one, the
Assistant  Secretaries in the order  determined by the Board of Directors (or if
there be no such  determination,  then in the order of their election) shall, in
the absence of the  Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal
to act,  perform the duties and exercise the powers of the  Secretary  and shall
perform  such other  duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors
may from time to time prescribe.
           THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT FINANCIAL OFFICER
         Section 13. The Chief  Financial  Officer or  Treasurer  shall have the
custody of the corporate  funds and  securities and shall keep full and accurate
accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and
shall  deposit  all  moneys  and other  valuable  effects in the name and to the
credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board
of Directors.

                                       15.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


         Section 14. The Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer shall disburse the
funds of the  corporation  as may be ordered by the Board of  Directors,  taking
proper  vouchers for such  disbursements,  and shall render to the President and
the Board of Directors,  at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors
so  requires,  an  account  of all his or her  transactions  as Chief  Financial
Officer or Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.
         Section 15. If required by the Board of Directors,  the Chief Financial
Officer or Treasurer  shall give the  corporation a bond (which shall be renewed
every  six  years)  in such sum and with such  surety  or  sureties  as shall be
satisfactory  to the Board of  Directors  for the  faithful  performance  of the
duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the corporation,  in case
of his or her death,  resignation,  retirement  or removal from  office,  of all
books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her
possession or under his or her control belonging to the corporation.
         Section 16. The Assistant Financial Officer or Assistant Treasurer,  or
if there shall be more than one, the Assistant  Financial  Officers or Assistant
Treasurers in the order  determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no
such  determination,  then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence
of the  Chief  Financial  Officer  or  Treasurer  or in the  event of his or her
inability  or refusal to act,  perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
Chief  Financial  Officer or Treasurer  and shall  perform such other duties and
have  such  other  powers  as the  Board  of  Directors  may  from  time to time
prescribe.

                                       16.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
         Section 1. Every holder of stock in the  corporation  shall be entitled
to have a  certificate,  signed  by, or in the name of the  corporation  by, the
Chairman or  Vice-Chairman  of the Board of  Directors,  or the  President  or a
Vice-President  and the Chief  Financial  Officer or  Treasurer  or an Assistant
Financial  Officer or  Assistant  Treasurer,  and the  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the  corporation,  certifying  the number of shares owned by him or
her in the corporation.
         Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon
the face or back of the  certificates  issued to represent  any such partly paid
shares,  the total  amount of the  consideration  to be paid  therefor,  and the
amount paid thereon shall be specified.
         If the corporation  shall be authorized to issue more than one class of
stock  or  more  than  one  series  of  any  class,  the  powers,  designations,
preferences  and relative,  participating,  optional or other special  rights of
each class of stock or series  thereof  and the  qualification,  limitations  or
restrictions  of such  preferences  and/or  rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate  which the  corporation  shall
issue to  represent  such  class or series of stock,  provided  that,  except as
otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in
lieu of the foregoing  requirements,  there may be set forth on the face or back
of the certificate  which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or
series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to
each  stockholder  who so requests  the powers,  designations,  preferences  and
relative, participating, optional or other special

                                       17.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
         Section 2.        Any of or all the signatures on the  certificate
may be facsimile.  In case any officer,  transfer agent or registrar  who has
signed or whose  facsimile  signature  has been placed upon a certificate  shall
have ceased to be such officer,  transfer  agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer,  transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
                                LOST CERTIFICATES
         Section  3. The Board of  Directors  may  direct a new  certificate  or
certificates   to  be  issued  in  place  of  any  certificate  or  certificates
theretofore  issued by the  corporation  alleged  to have been  lost,  stolen or
destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person  claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or  certificates,  the Board of Directors may, in its
discretion  and as a condition  precedent to the issuance  thereof,  require the
owner of such lost,  stolen or destroyed  certificate  or  certificates,  or his
legal  representative,  to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
and/or to give the  corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the  corporation  with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
                                TRANSFER OF STOCK
         Section 4.        Upon surrender to the  corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or

                                       18.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93

<PAGE>


accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new  certificate
to the  person  entitled  thereto,  cancel  the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
                               FIXING RECORD DATE
         Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote  at  any  meeting  of  stockholder  or  any
adjournment  thereof,  or entitled to receive  payment of any  dividend or other
distribution  or allotment of any rights,  or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action,  the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which  shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days  before the
date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A
determination  of  stockholders  of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
                             REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
         Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person  registered  on its books as the  owner of  shares to  receive
dividends,  and to  vote  as  such  owner,  and to hold  liable  for  calls  and
assessments  a person  registered  on its books as the owner of shares and shall
not be bound to  recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other  person,  whether  or not it shall have
express or other notice  thereof,  except as  otherwise  provided by the laws of
Delaware.
                                       19.

G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                                    DIVIDENDS
         Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to the provisions of the certificate of  incorporation,  if any, may be declared
by the Board of  Directors at any regular or special  meeting,  pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property,  or in shares of the capital  stock,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
         Section 2. Before  payment of any dividend,  there may be set aside out
of any funds of the corporation  available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors  from time to time, in their  absolute  discretion,  think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends,  or for
repairing  or  maintaining  any property of the  corporation,  or for such other
purposes  as  the  directors  shall  think  conducive  to  the  interest  of the
corporation,  and the  directors  may modify or abolish any such  reserve in the
manner in which it was created.
                                     CHECKS
         Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation
shall be signed by such  officer or officers or such other  person or persons as
the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
                                   FISCAL YEAR
         Section  4.  The  fiscal  year of the  corporation  shall  be  fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                       20.


G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>


                                      SEAL
         Section 5. The Board of  Directors  may adopt a  corporate  seal having
inscribed thereon the name of the corporation,  the year of its organization and
the words  "Corporate Seal,  Delaware".  The seal may be used by causing it or a
facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
                                 INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6. The  corporation  shall,  to the fullest  extent  authorized
under  the laws of the  State of  Delaware,  as those  laws may be  amended  and
supplemented  from time to time,  indemnify its officers and directors  made, or
threatened  to be made, a party to an action or  proceeding,  whether  criminal,
civil,  administrative  or  investigative,  by  reason  of being an  officer  or
director  of  the   corporation  or  a  predecessor   corporation   or,  at  the
corporation's  request, a director or officer of another corporation,  provided,
however,  that the  corporation  shall indemnify any such officer or director in
connection with a proceeding  initiated by such officer or director only if such
proceeding  was  authorized  by the Board of Directors of the  corporation.  The
indemnification  provided  for in  this  Section  6  shall:  (i)  not be  deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those  indemnified  may be entitled under
any bylaw,  agreement  or vote of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors or
otherwise,  both as to action in their  official  capacities and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has
ceased to be an agent,  and (iii) inure to the  benefit of the heirs,  executors
and  administrators of such a person.  The  corporation's  obligation to provide
indemnification  under this Section 6 shall be offset to the extent of any other
source of indemnification

                                       21.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93

<PAGE>

or any otherwise  applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the
corporation or any other person.
         Expenses  incurred  by an officer or  director  of the  corporation  in
defending a civil or criminal  action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact
that he or she is or was an  officer  or  director  of the  corporation  (or was
serving  at the  corporation's  request  as a  director  or  officer  of another
corporation)  shall  be  paid  by  the  corporation  in  advance  of  the  final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by
or on  behalf of such  officer  or  director  to repay  such  amount if it shall
ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the
corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the officer's or director's corporation
shall not be required to advance such  expenses to an officer or director who is
a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved
by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation which alleges willful
misappropriation of corporate assets by such officer or director,  disclosure of
confidential  information in violation of such officer's or director's fiduciary
or  contractual  obligations  to  the  corporation  or  any  other  willful  and
deliberate  breach  in bad faith of such  officer's  or  director's  duty to the
corporation or its stockholders.
         The  foregoing  provisions  of this  Section  6 shall be deemed to be a
contract  between the  corporation  and each  officer and director who serves in
such  capacity  at any time while  this  bylaw is in  effect,  and any repeal or
modification  thereof shall not affect any rights or  obligations  then existing
with respect to any state of facts then or  theretofore  existing or any action,
suit or proceeding  theretofore or thereafter  brought based in whole or in part
upon any such state of facts.
                                       22.
G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93

<PAGE>

         The Board of Directors in its discretion  shall have power on behalf of
the corporation to indemnify any person, other than an officer or director, made
a party to any  action,  suit or  proceeding  by reason of the fact that he, his
testator or intestate, is or was an employee or agent of the corporation.
         To  assure  indemnification  under  this  Section  6 of all  directors,
officers and employees who are determined by the  corporation or otherwise to be
or to have been  "fiduciaries"  of any employee  benefit plan of the corporation
which may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware  shall,  for the purposes of this Section 6, be interpreted as follows:
an "other  enterprise" shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan,
including without  limitation,  any plan of the corporation which is governed by
the Act of Congress entitled "Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,"
as amended from time to time; the corporation  shall be deemed to have requested
a person to serve an employee  benefit plan where the performance by such person
of his duties to the corporation  also imposes duties on, or otherwise  involves
services by, such person to the plan or  participants  or  beneficiaries  of the
plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan
pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed "fines."
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                   AMENDMENTS
         Section  1.  Except  as  otherwise   provided  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  these  bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed or new bylaws
may be adopted by the stockholders or a majority of the Board of Directors, when
such power is conferred

                                       23.

G:\ Public\LDMOLP.W51.
03/23/93
<PAGE>



upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation,  at any regular
meeting  of the  stockholders  or of the Board of  Directors  or at any  special
meeting  of the  stockholders  or of the  Board of  Directors  if notice of such
alteration,  amendment,  repeal or  adoption of new bylaws be  contained  in the
notice of such special meeting.






                                       24.


COMMON STOCK                                                       COMMON STOCK



          NUMBER                                                      SHARES

  MAC                           MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION

  INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
                                         SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                         AND A STATEMENT AS TO THE RIGHTS, PRE-
                                         FERENCES, PRIVILEGES AND RESTRICTIONS
                                         OF SHARES

                                                             CUSIP 586818 10 6


         THIS CERTIFIES THAT


                                      SPECIMEN


         IS THE OWNER OF




 FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $.0001 PAR VALUE, OF
                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
transferable  on the books of the  Corporation by the holder hereof in person or
by  duly  authorized  attorney  upon  surrender  of  this  Certificate  properly
endorsed.  This Certificate is not valid until  countersigned  and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
         WITNESS  the  facsimile  seal  of the  Corporation  and  the  facsimile
signature of its duly authorized officers.


Dated:




     /s/ George Greenberg                /s/ Richard Greenberg
     George Greenberg                    Richard Greenberg

                Secretary                Chief Executive Officer and President



                                     (SEAL)




COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (JERSEY
CITY, NJ)
                          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
                                               BY:

                                                    ------------------
                                                    AUTHORIZED OFFICER



<PAGE>


         A statement  of the powers,  designations,  preferences  and  relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications,  limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or  rights  as  established,  from  time  to  time,  by the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the Corporation and by any certificate of  determination,  the
number of  shares  constituting  each  class and  series,  and the  designations
thereof, may be obtained by the holder hereof upon request without charge at the
principal office of the Corporation.


         The following  abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common  UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- ____________Custodian_______
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                (Cust)       (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of            under Uniform Gifts to Minors
         Survivorship and not as                   Act______________
         tenants in common                         (State)

                     UNIF TRF MIN ACT- ____________Custodian (until age ______)
                                          (Cust)
                                      __________________under Uniform Transfers
                                         (Minor)
                                      to Minors Act __________________
                                                            (State)


     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ____________________  hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
     IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE




_____________________________________________________________________________
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)
_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
 irrevocably constitute and appoint

____________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer  the said stock on the books of the within  named  Corporation  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: _____________________


                                      _________________________________________
                     NOTICE:           THE  SIGNATURE TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT  MUST
                                       CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON
                                       THE  FACE OF THE  CERTIFICATE  IN  EVERY
                                       PARTICULAR,    WITHOUT   ALTERATION   OR
                                       ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.




Signature(s) Guaranteed:



By_____________________________________________________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S)  SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE  GUARANTOR  INSTITUTION
(BANKS,  STOCKBROKERS,  SAVINGS  AND LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND CREDIT  UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE  MEDALLION  PROGRAM),  PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.



                         MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1.  Purpose.  The purpose of this Menlo  Acquisition  Corporation  1999
Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Plan")  is to  further  the long term  stability  and
financial success of Menlo Acquisition Corporation (the "Company") by attracting
and  retaining  key  employees  and  obtaining  the  services of  directors  and
consultants  through the use of stock incentives.  It is believed that ownership
of Company Stock will  stimulate the efforts of those  employees,  directors and
consultants  upon whose judgment and interest the Company is and will be largely
dependent for the successful  conduct of its business.  It is also believed that
Incentive Awards granted to such employees under this Plan will strengthen their
desire to remain with the Company and will further the  identification  of those
employees'  and directors'  interests with those of the Company's  shareholders.
The Plan is intended to conform to the  provisions  of  Securities  and Exchange
Commission Rule 16b-3.

         2.  Definitions.  As used in the Plan,  the  following  terms  have the
meanings indicated:

                  (a)      "Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended.

                  (b)      "Applicable  Withholding Taxes" means the aggregate
         amount of federal,  state and local income and payroll  taxes that the
         Company is  required  to  withhold  in  connection   with  any
        exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option by an employee.

                  (c)      "Board" means the board of directors of the Company.

                  (d)      "Change of Control" means:

                                       1
<PAGE>

                           (i)  The   acquisition   by  a  Group  of  Beneficial
                  Ownership  of 20% or more of the Stock or the Voting  Power of
                  the  Company,   but  excluding  for  this  purpose:   (A)  any
                  acquisition by the Company (or a  subsidiary),  or an employee
                  benefit plan of the Company;  or (B) any acquisition of Common
                  Stock of the Company by  management  employees of the Company.
                  "Group"  means  any  individual,  entity or group  within  the
                  meaning  of  Section   13(d)(3)   or   14(d)(2)  of  the  Act,
                  "Beneficial   Ownership"   has  the   meaning  in  Rule  13d-3
                  promulgated  under the Act, "Stock" means the then outstanding
                  shares of common stock,  and "Voting Power" means the combined
                  voting power of the outstanding voting securities  entitled to
                  vote generally in the election of directors.

                           (ii)  Individuals  who constitute the Board as of the
                  date of this Plan (the "Incumbent  Board") cease to constitute
                  at least a majority of the Board,  provided  that any director
                  whose  nomination  was approved by a majority of the Incumbent
                  Board  shall be  considered  a member of the  Incumbent  Board
                  unless such  individual's  initial  assumption of office is in
                  connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest (as
                  such  terms  are  used  in  Rule  14a-11  of  Regulation   14A
                  promulgated under the Act).

                           (iii) Approval by the  shareholders of the Company of
                  a reorganization,  merger or  consolidation,  in each case, in
                  which the owners of more than 50% of the Stock or Voting Power
                  of the Company do not, following such  reorganization,  merger
                  or  consolidation,  beneficially  own, directly or indirectly,
                  more than 50% of the Stock or Voting Power of the  corporation
                  resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation.

                           (iv) A complete  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
                  Company  or of  its  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
                  substantially all of the assets of the Company.

                  (e)  "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended.

                  (f) "Committee" means the committee  appointed by the Board as
described under Section 12.

                  (g) "Company" means Menlo Acquisition Corporation,  a Delaware
corporation.

                  (h) "Company  Stock" means Common Stock,  $.0001 par value, of
         the Company.  If the par value of the Company  Stock is changed,  or in
         the event of a change  in the  capital  structure  of the  Company  (as
         provided in Section 11), the shares  resulting from such a change shall
         be deemed to be Company Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

                  (i) "Date of Grant" means the date on which an Incentive Award
is granted by the Committee.

                  (j) "Disability" or "Disabled" means, as to an Incentive Stock
         Option, a Disability within the meaning of Code section 22(e)(3). As to
         all other Incentive  Awards,  the Committee  shall determine  whether a
         Disability exists and such determination shall be conclusive.

                  (k) "Fair Market  Value" means as of the Date of Grant (or, if
         there were no trades on the Date of Grant,  the last  preceding  day on
         which Company Stock is traded) (i) if the Company Stock is traded on an
         exchange the average of the highest and lowest  registered sales prices
         of the Company  Stock at which it is traded on such day on the exchange
         on which it generally  has the  greatest  trading  volume,  (ii) if the
         Company  Stock is traded on the  over-the-counter  market,  the average
         between the lowest bid and highest asked prices as reported by The Wall
         Street  Journal,  or (iii) if shares of Common  Stock are not traded on
         any exchange or over-the-counter market, the fair market value shall be
         determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith.

                  (l)  "Incentive  Award" means,  collectively,  the award of an
         Nonstatutory Stock Option or Incentive Stock Option under the Plan.

                  (m) "Incentive  Stock Option" means an Option intended to meet
         the  requirements  of, and qualify  for  favorable  federal  income tax
         treatment under, Code section 422.

                                       2
<PAGE>


                  (n) "Non-Employee Director" means a member of the Board who is
         not an employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

                  (o) "Nonstatutory  Stock Option" means an Option that does not
         meet the  requirements  of Code  section  422,  or, even if meeting the
         requirements  of Code  section  422, is not intended to be an Incentive
         Stock Option and is so designated.

                  (p) "Option"  means a right to purchase  Company Stock granted
         under the Plan, at a price determined in accordance with the Plan.

                  (q) "Parent" means, with respect to any corporation,  a parent
         of that corporation within the meaning of Code section 424(e).

                  (r)   "Participant"   means  any  employee,   consultant,   or
         Non-Employee Director who receives an Incentive Award under the Plan.

                  (s)  "Rule  16b-3"  means  Rule  16b-3 of the  Securities  and
         Exchange Commission  promulgated under the Act. A reference in the Plan
         to Rule 16b-3 shall include a reference to any  corresponding  rule (or
         number redesignation) of any amendments to Rule 16b-3 enacted after the
         effective date of the Plan's adoption.

                  (t) "Subsidiary"  means,  with respect to any  corporation,  a
         subsidiary  of that  corporation  within the  meaning  of Code  section
         424(f).

                  (u) "10%  Shareholder"  means a person who owns,  directly  or
         indirectly, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting
         power  of all  classes  of  stock  of the  Company  or  any  Parent  or
         Subsidiary  of the  Company.  Indirect  ownership  of  stock  shall  be
         determined in accordance with Code section 424(d).

         3.  General.  Incentive  Awards under the Plan may be either  Incentive
Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options.

         4.  Stock.  Subject to Section 11 of the Plan,  there shall be reserved
for issuance  under the Plan an aggregate  of 525,000  shares of Company  Stock,
which shall be authorized,  but unissued shares.  Shares allocable to Options or
portions  thereof  granted  under the Plan that  expire or  otherwise  terminate
unexercised  may again be subjected to an  Incentive  Award under the Plan.  The
Committee is expressly  authorized  to make an Incentive  Award to a Participant
conditioned  upon the surrender for  cancellation  of an option granted under an
existing  Incentive Award. For purposes of determining the number of shares that
are available for Incentive Awards under the Plan, such number shall include the
number of shares  surrendered  by an  optionee  or  retained  by the  Company in
payment of  Applicable  Withholding  Taxes.  No more than 200,000  shares may be
allocated to the Incentive Awards that are granted to any individual Participant
during any single calendar year.

         5.       Eligibility.

                  (a) All  present  and  future  employees  of the  Company  and
individuals  who are  consultants to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of

                                       3
<PAGE>

the Company,  whether now existing or  hereafter  created or acquired)  shall be
eligible to receive  Incentive  Awards under the Plan. The Committee  shall have
the power and complete discretion, as provided in Section 12, to select eligible
employees to receive  Incentive  Awards and to determine  for each  employee the
terms and  conditions,  the  nature of the award and the  number of shares to be
allocated  to  each  employee  as part of  each  Incentive  Award.  Non-Employee
Directors are eligible to receive  Incentive  Awards in accordance  with Section
13.

                  (b) The grant of an  Incentive  Award shall not  obligate  the
Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company to pay a  Participant  any
particular amount of remuneration, to continue the employment of the Participant
after  the  grant  or to make  further  grants  to the  Participant  at any time
thereafter.

         6.       Stock Options.

                  (a)  Whenever  the  Committee  deems it  appropriate  to grant
Options,  notice shall be given to the Participant  stating the number of shares
for which Options are granted,  the Option price per share,  whether the Options
are Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, and the conditions to
which the grant and exercise of the Options are subject.  This notice, when duly
accepted in writing by the  Participant,  shall become a stock option  agreement
between the Company and the Participant.

                  (b) The exercise  price of shares of Company  Stock covered by
an  Incentive  Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value
of such shares on the Date of Grant;  provided that if an Incentive Stock Option
is granted to a Participant who, at the time of the grant, is a 10% Shareholder,
then the  exercise  price of the shares  covered by the  Incentive  Stock Option
shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market  Value of such shares on the Date
of Grant.

                  (c) The  exercise  price of shares  covered by a  Nonstatutory
Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such shares
on the Date of Grant.

                  (d) Options may be exercised in whole or in part at such times
as  may be  specified  by  the  Committee  in  the  Participant's  stock  option
agreement;  provided that, the exercise  provisions for Incentive  Stock Options
shall in all events not be more liberal than the following provisions:

                  (i) No Incentive Stock Option may be exercised after ten years
                  (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10%
                  Shareholder, five years) from the Date of Grant.

                  (ii)  An  Incentive  Stock  Option  by  its  terms,  shall  be
                  exercisable  in any calendar  year only to the extent that the
                  aggregate Fair Market Value  (determined at the Date of Grant)
                  of the Company  Stock with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock
                  Options are exercisable for the first time during the calendar
                  year  does not  exceed  $100,000  (the  "Limitation  Amount").
                  Incentive  Stock Options  granted under the Plan and all other
                  plans of the  Company  and any  Parent  or  Subsidiary  of the
                  Company  shall  be  aggregated  for  purposes  of  determining
                  whether the Limitation Amount has been exceeded. The Board may

                                       4
<PAGE>

                  impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on an Incentive
                  Stock Option to ensure that the foregoing requirement is met.

                  (iii) If Incentive Stock Options that first become exercisable
                  in a calendar year exceed the  Limitation  Amount,  the excess
                  Options will be treated as  Nonstatutory  Stock Options to the
                  extent  permitted  by  law.  If  an  Option  designated  as an
                  Incentive  Stock  Options  otherwise  fails to  qualify  as an
                  incentive  stock  option  under the Code,  the Option shall be
                  treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

                  (e) The Committee may, in its  discretion,  grant Options that
by  their   terms   become   fully   exercisable   upon  a  Change  of  Control,
notwithstanding   other  conditions  on   exercisability  in  the  stock  option
agreement.

         7.       Method of Exercise of Options.

                  (a) Options may be exercised by the Participant giving written
notice of the  exercise  to the  Company,  stating  the  number  of  shares  the
Participant  has  elected  to  purchase  under  the  Option.  In the case of the
purchase of shares  under an Option,  such  notice  shall be  effective  only if
accompanied by the exercise price in full in cash;  provided,  however,  that if
the terms of an Option so permit,  the Participant may (i) deliver,  or cause to
be withheld  from the Option  shares,  shares of Company  Stock (valued at their
Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) in satisfaction of all or any part of
the exercise price,  (ii) deliver a properly  executed  exercise notice together
with  irrevocable  instructions to a broker to deliver  promptly to the Company,
from the sale or loan  proceeds  with respect to the sale of Company  Stock or a
loan secured by Company  Stock,  the amount  necessary to pay the exercise price
and,  if required  by the  Committee,  Applicable  Withholding  Taxes,  or (iii)
deliver an interest bearing promissory note, payable to the Company,  in payment
of all or part of the exercise  price  together  with such  collateral as may be
required by the  Committee at the time of exercise.  The interest rate under any
such promissory note shall be established by the Committee and shall be at least
equal to the  minimum  interest  rate  required  at the  time to  avoid  imputed
interest under the Code.

                  (b) The  Company  may  place on any  certificate  representing
Company Stock issued upon the exercise of an Option any legend deemed  desirable
by the Company's  counsel to comply with federal or state  securities  laws, and
the  Company may require a customary  written  indication  of the  Participant's
investment  intent.  Until  the  Participant  has  made  any  required  payment,
including any Applicable Withholding Taxes, and has had issued a certificate for
the shares of Company Stock  acquired,  he or she shall  possess no  shareholder
rights with respect to the shares.

                  (c)  Each  Participant  shall  agree  as a  condition  of  the
exercise of an Option to pay to the Company,  or make arrangements  satisfactory
to the Company regarding the payment to the Company of,  Applicable  Withholding
Taxes.  Until such  amount  has been paid or  arrangements  satisfactory  to the
Company have been made, no stock  certificate  shall be issued upon the exercise
of an Option.

                  (d) As an  alternative to making a cash payment to the Company
to satisfy  Applicable  Withholding  Taxes, if the Option agreement so provides,

                                       5
<PAGE>


the  Participant  may,  subject to the provisions set forth below,  elect to (i)
deliver  shares of already owned  Company Stock or (ii) have the Company  retain
that  number of shares of Company  Stock that would  satisfy  all or a specified
portion of the  Applicable  Withholding  Taxes.  The  Committee  shall have sole
discretion to approve or disapprove any such election.

                  (e) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  Options
shall  always be  granted  and  exercised  in such a manner as to conform to the
provisions of Rule 16b-3.

         8. Nontransferability of Options.  Nonstatutory Stock Options shall not
be  transferable  except to the extent  specifically  provided in the  Incentive
Award. Incentive Stock Options, by their terms, shall not be transferable except
by will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution  and shall be  exercisable,
during the Participant's lifetime, only by the Participant.

         9.  Effective  Date of the Plan. The effective date of the Plan is July
21, 1999.  The Plan shall be submitted  to the  shareholders  of the Company for
approval.  Until (i) the Plan has been approved by the  Company's  shareholders,
and (ii) the  requirements  of any applicable  Federal or State  securities laws
have been met, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable.

         10. Termination,  Modification, Change. If not sooner terminated by the
Board,  this  Plan  shall  terminate  at the  close  of  business  on the  tenth
anniversary of the effective  date. No Incentive  Awards shall be made under the
Plan after its  termination.  The Board may  terminate the Plan or may amend the
Plan in such respects as it shall deem  advisable;  provided that, if and to the
extent  required by the Code,  no change shall be made that  increases the total
number of shares of Company  Stock  reserved for issuance  pursuant to Incentive
Awards  granted  under the Plan  (except  pursuant  to Section  11),  materially
modifies the  requirements as to eligibility for  participation  in the Plan, or
materially  increases  the  benefits  accruing to  Participants  under the Plan,
unless  such  change  is  authorized  by  the   shareholders   of  the  Company.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board may  unilaterally  amend the Plan and
Incentive  Awards as it deems  appropriate to cause  Incentive  Stock Options to
meet the requirements of the Code and regulations thereunder. Except as provided
in the preceding  sentence,  a  termination  or amendment of the Plan shall not,
without the consent of the Participant,  adversely affect a Participant's rights
under an Incentive Award previously granted to him or her.

         11.      Change in Capital Structure.

                  (a)  In  the  event  of  a  stock  dividend,  stock  split  or
combination  of shares,  recapitalization  or merger in which the Company is the
surviving corporation or other change in the Company's capital stock (including,
but not limited  to, the  creation or  issuance  to  shareholders  generally  of
rights,  options or warrants for the purchase of common stock or preferred stock
of the  Company),  the number and kind of shares of stock or  securities  of the
Company  to be  subject to the Plan and to  Options  then  outstanding  or to be
granted  thereunder,  the maximum  number of shares or  securities  which may be
delivered under the Plan, the exercise price and other relevant provisions shall
be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be binding
on all persons.  If the adjustment would produce  fractional shares with respect
to any unexercised Option, the Committee may adjust  appropriately the number of
shares covered by the Option so as to eliminate the fractional shares.

                                       6
<PAGE>


                  (b) If the Company is a party to an initial public offering, a
consolidation or a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation,
a  transaction  that  results in the  acquisition  of  substantially  all of the
Company's  outstanding stock by a single person or entity, or a sale or transfer
of  substantially  all of the  Company's  assets,  the  Committee  may take such
actions with respect to  outstanding  Incentive  Awards as the  Committee  deems
appropriate.

                  (c) Notwithstanding  anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
Committee may take the foregoing actions without the consent of any Participant,
and the Committee's determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons
for all purposes.

         12.  Administration  of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee,  which shall  consist of not less than two members of the Board,  who
shall be appointed by the Board.  Subject to paragraph (d) below,  the Committee
shall be the  Compensation  Committee  unless the Board  shall  appoint  another
Committee to administer the Plan. The Committee shall have general  authority to
impose any limitation or condition upon an Incentive  Award the Committee  deems
appropriate to achieve the  objectives of the Incentive  Award and the Plan and,
without  limitation  and in addition to powers set forth  elsewhere in the Plan,
shall have the following specific authority:

                  (a) The Committee shall have the power and complete discretion
         to determine  (i) which  eligible  employees  shall  receive  Incentive
         Awards  and the  nature of each  Incentive  Award,  (ii) the  number of
         shares of Company Stock to be covered by each  Incentive  Award,  (iii)
         whether Options shall be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory  Stock
         Options,  (iv) the Fair Market Value of Company Stock,  (v) the time or
         times  when an  Incentive  Award  shall be  granted,  (vi)  whether  an
         Incentive  Award shall become  vested over a period of time and when it
         shall be fully  vested,  (vii) when  Options may be  exercised,  (viii)
         whether a Disability  exists,  (ix) the manner in which payment will be
         made upon the  exercise  of  Options,  (x)  conditions  relating to the
         length of time before  disposition  of Company Stock  received upon the
         exercise  of  Options  is   permitted,   (xi)   whether  to  approve  a
         Participant's  election (A) to deliver  shares of already owned Company
         Stock  to  satisfy  Applicable  Withholding  Taxes  or (B) to have  the
         Company  withhold  from the shares to be issued upon the  exercise of a
         Nonstatutory  Stock  Option the number of shares  necessary  to satisfy
         Applicable  Withholding Taxes, (xii) notice provisions  relating to the
         sale  of  Company  Stock  acquired  under  the  Plan,  and  (xiii)  any
         additional requirements relating to Incentive Awards that the Committee
         deems  appropriate.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no "tandem stock
         options"  (where two stock options are issued together and the exercise
         of one option  affects the right to exercise  the other  option) may be
         issued in connection with Incentive Stock Options.  The Committee shall
         have the  power to amend  the  terms of  previously  granted  Incentive
         Awards so long as the terms as amended are consistent with the terms of
         the Plan and provided that the consent of the  Participant  is obtained
         with respect to any amendment  that would be detrimental to him or her,
         except that such consent will not be required if such  amendment is for
         the purpose of complying with Rule 16b-3 or any requirement of the Code
         applicable to the Incentive Award.

                  (b) The Committee may adopt rules and regulations for carrying
         out the Plan. The  interpretation  and construction of any provision of

                                       7
<PAGE>

         the Plan by the Committee shall be final and conclusive.  The Committee
         may consult with counsel,  who may be counsel to the Company, and shall
         not incur any  liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance
         upon the advice of counsel.

                  (c)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Committee   shall
         constitute a quorum, and all actions of the Committee shall be taken by
         a majority of the members present. Any action may be taken by a written
         instrument signed by all of the members,  and any action so taken shall
         be fully effective as if it had been taken at a meeting.

                  (d) The Board from time to time may appoint members previously
         appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee.

         13. Grants to Non-Employee Directors.  All provisions of the Plan shall
apply to the grant of  Incentive  Awards to  Non-Employee  Directors,  except as
provided in this section. All Incentive Awards to Non-Employee Directors will be
Nonstatutory  Stock Options.  The exercise price of a Nonstatutory  Stock Option
for a  Non-Employee  Director may not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value
of the Company Stock on the Date of Grant.  With respect to Incentive  Awards to
Non-Employee  Directors,  the  Board  will  have  all  of the  authority  of the
Committee  under  the  Plan.  The  Board  may  delegate  its  authority  to  the
Compensation Committee or another committee of the Board that is composed solely
of Non-Employee Directors.  The provisions for payment of Applicable Withholding
Taxes will not apply to Incentive Awards to Non-Employee Directors.

         14. Notice. All notices and other communications  required or permitted
to be given under this Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if delivered  personally or mailed first class,  postage prepaid,  as
follows  (a) if to  the  Company  - at its  principal  business  address  to the
attention of the Treasurer;  (b) if to any  Participant - at the last address of
the  Participant   known  to  the  sender  at  the  time  the  notice  or  other
communication is sent.

         15.  Interpretation.  The terms of this Plan are subject to all present
and future  regulations  and rulings of the  Secretary of the Treasury or his or
her delegate  relating to the qualification of Incentive Stock Options under the
Code. If any provision of the Plan conflicts with any such regulation or ruling,
then that provision of the Plan shall be void and of no effect.
The terms of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused this Plan to be executed
this ____ day of __________________, ________.

                                              MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION.


By: ________________________
      President
                                       8








                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                       NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                     Between
                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
                                       and
                         ------------------------------
                                                                            NSO


<PAGE>



                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
                            1999 Stock Incentive Plan
                       Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

     THIS  AGREEMENT,  dated  the  _____  of  ________________,   between  MENLO
ACQUISITION   CORPORATION.,   a  Delaware   corporation  (the  "Company"),   and
____________________  ("Participant"),  is  made  pursuant  and  subject  to the
provisions of the Company's  1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  and all terms
used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning  given them
in the Plan:
                              W I T N E S S E T H :
     1. Grant of Option. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company has
granted to  Participant  on the _____ day of  __________,  _______ (the "Date of
Grant"),  subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject further to
the terms and conditions herein set forth, the right and option to purchase from
the Company (the  "Option") all or any part of an aggregate of _______ shares of
Company  Common Stock at the purchase  price of $ _______ per share (the "Option
Price"),  such Option to be  exercisable  as  hereinafter  provided.  The Option
evidenced  hereby is intended to be a  nonstatutory  stock  option that does not
receive  special tax treatment  under  Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code
(the "Code").
                                       1
<PAGE>

     2.  Terms and  Conditions.  The Option  evidenced  hereby is subject to the
following terms and conditions:
                  (a) Expiration  Date. This Option shall expire ten years from
                  the Date of Grant.
                  (b) Nontransferability.   This  Option  shall  be
                  nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and
                  distribution  and,  during  the  lifetime  of the
                  Participant,  may be exercised  only by the  Participant,
                  except as  provided  in Section 3 below.
                  (c)      Exercise of Service Option.
                         (i)        Vesting:
                           ____     This Option is 100% vested, and, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth herein, fully exercisable at all times.
                           ____     This Option shall vest, and shall be
exercisable, in accordance with the following schedule:
         Anniversary of             Percentage of shares of Common
         Date of Grant              Stock allocable to Option which may
                                            be purchased

         First                              _____________
         Second                             _____________
         Third                              _____________
         Fourth                             _____________
         Fifth                              _____________
         Sixth                              _____________
         Seventh                            _____________
         Eighth                             _____________
         Ninth                              _____________


                                       3
<PAGE>

                         (ii)  Notwithstanding  any provisions  contained in the
                  Plan  or in  this  Agreement,  in the  event  of a  Change  of
                  Control,  the Board may in its  discretion  provide  that this
                  Option shall become fully vested and the Participant  shall be
                  entitled to exercise  such  Option,  in whole or in part.
               (d) Method of Exercising and Payment for Shares.  This Option may
          only be exercised by written notice  delivered to the Treasurer at the
          Company's  principal office. The exercise date will be (i) in the case
          of  notice  by mail,  the date of  postmark  or (ii) if  delivered  in
          person,  the date of  delivery.  Such notice shall be  accompanied  by
          payment  of the  Option  Price in full by cash  (which  shall  include
          payment by check,  bank draft or money  order  payable to the order of
          the Company).
     3.  Termination  of Option Upon  Termination  of  Employment.  The right of
Participant and his successors in interest to exercise this Option or to vest in
any unvested  portion of this Option shall  terminate when his  directorship  or
other employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason
except as provided in subsections 3(a) and 3(b) below.
              (a) Exercise  following  Death. In the event  Participant dies
         while he is a director or is  otherwise  employed by the Company or any
         Subsidiary  or  within  three  months  following   termination  of  his

                                        4
<PAGE>

         directorship  or other  employment  due to retirement or disability and
         before the exercise in full or expiration of this Option, Participant's
         estate (or the person or persons to whom the rights  under this  Option
         shall have passed by will or the laws of descent and  distribution) may
         exercise  this  Option  at any  time  within  one year  next  following
         Participant's death (but in any event before the expiration date of the
         Option  period) for the entire  number of shares  remaining  subject to
         this Option.
                  (b) Exercise following Termination,  Disability or Retirement.
         In the event of  termination  of  Participant's  directorship  or other
         employment by the Company or any  Subsidiary  for any reason other than
         death,  including  retirement  or  termination  approved by the Company
         because of  disability,  before  exercise in full or expiration of this
         Option,  Participant may exercise the vested and exercisable portion of
         this  Option  at any time  within  three  months  next  following  such
         termination  of  directorship  or other  employment  (but in any  event
         before  the  expiration  date of the Option  period)  for the number of
         shares remaining subject to the vested and exercisable  portion of this
         Option.
                                       5
<PAGE>

     For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  3,  it  shall  not be  considered  a
termination  of  employment  if  Participant  is  placed by the  Company  or any
Subsidiary on military or sick leave or such other type of leave of absence that
the Committee  considers as continuing the employment  relationship  intact. For
the  purposes of this Section 3, only a  termination  of  directorship  or other
employment on or after the  Participant has reached age 65 shall be considered a
retirement, unless the Committee designates that an earlier termination shall be
considered a  retirement.  At the time of any  exercise of any Option  exercised
pursuant to this  Section 3, the Option  Price shall be paid in full as provided
in Section 2.
     Notwithstanding  subsections  3(a) and  3(b)  above,  in no event  may this
Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.
     4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware.
     5.  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict  between the provisions of the
Plan as in effect on the date of grant and the provisions of this Agreement, the
provisions of the Plan shall  govern.  All  references  herein to the Plan shall
mean the Plan as in effect on the date  hereof.  Terms  defined  in the Plan are
used herein as so defined.
     6. Participant Bound by Plan. In consideration of the grant of this Option,
Participant agrees he will comply with such conditions as the Board of Directors
and the Committee may impose on the exercise of the Option.
                                       6
<PAGE>

     7. Binding Effect. Subject to the limitations stated above and in the Plan,
this  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the legatees,
distributees and personal  representatives  of Participant and the successors of
the Company.
     8.  Change in  Capital  Stock  Structure.  In the event of  changes  in the
capital stock structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments in the number of
shares for which the Option  shall be  exercisable,  or the exercise  price,  or
both,  shall be made,  and  appropriate  adjustments  in the required  values of
Common  Stock  under  Section 3 shall be made,  as provided in Section 11 of the
Plan.
     9. Tax Obligations Upon Exercise.  The difference  between the "Fair Market
Value" of Company  Common Stock  purchased  when the Option is exercised and the
Option Price is  compensation  taxable to the Participant as ordinary income and
subject to applicable federal and state taxes which the Company may be obligated
to withhold. The Participant agrees to make arrangements suitable to the Company
for the  payment  of all  applicable  withholding  taxes,  if any.  By a  timely
election (to the extent  permitted by Rule 16b-3 under the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934),  the  Participant  may  elect to have the  Company  withhold  upon
exercise a number of shares of Company  Stock having a "Fair Market Value" equal
to the minimum applicable  withholding taxes. Any such election shall be subject
to approval by the Committee.
                                       7
<PAGE>

     10. Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding on the Company
and shall be enforceable against its successors and assigns.
     11. Notice  Provisions.  Any notice or election required or permitted under
this Option  shall be delivered  in writing to the  Treasurer  at the  Company's
principal offices in Parsippany, New Jersey.
     12.  Transfer of Shares of Company Stock.  Upon the exercise of the Option,
the Participant  shall not transfer,  encumber or dispose of the Common Stock so
purchased unless: (a) an effective  registration  statement covering such shares
is filed  pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and  applicable
state law, or (b) an opinion  letter of the  Participant's  counsel is obtained,
satisfactory  to the  Company  and its  counsel,  that such  transfer  is not in
violation of any applicable federal or state laws or regulations.
     13. Amendment of this Option Agreement.  The Board may modify or amend this
Option if it so determines, in its sole discretion,  that amendment is necessary
or advisable.  No amendment of this Option, however, may, without the consent of
the Participant, make any changes which would adversely affect the rights of the
Participant.
                                       8
<PAGE>

     14. No Guaranteed  Right to  Employment.  If Participant is employed by the
Company, nothing contained herein shall confer upon the Participant any right to
be continued in the  employment  of the Company or interfere in any way with the
right of the Company to terminate his employment at any time for any cause.
     With this Option,  you will  receive a number of documents  relating to the
Company and a receipt for those documents.  You should sign the receipt for this
material and return it to the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION has caused this Agreement
to be signed by the  President  and the  Participant  has affixed his  signature
hereto.
                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION


                                               By______________________________
                                                         President


                                                 ______________________________
                                                         Participant





                                       9







                             1999 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                     Between
                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
                                       and
                          ------------------------------
                                                                          ISO


<PAGE>



                          MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
                             1999 Stock Option Plan
                        Incentive Stock Option Agreement


     THIS  AGREEMENT,  dated  the  _____  of  _________________,  between  MENLO
ACQUISITION   CORPORATION.,   a  Delaware   corporation  (the  "Company"),   and
____________________  ("Participant"),  is  made  pursuant  and  subject  to the
provisions of the Company's  1999 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),  and all terms
used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning  given them
in the Plan:
                                                         W I T N E S S E T H :
     1. Grant of Option. Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the Company has
granted  to  Participant  on the _____ day of  __________,  _____  (the "Date of
Grant"),  subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and subject further to
the terms and conditions herein set forth, the right and option to purchase from
the Company (the  "Option") all or any part of an aggregate of _______ shares of
Company  Common Stock at the  purchase  price of $_______ per share (the "Option
Price"),  being  not less than  100% of the Fair  Market  Value per share of the
Common Stock on the Date of Grant,  such Option to be exercisable as hereinafter
provided.  The Option  evidenced  hereby is  intended to be an  incentive  stock
option that  receives  special tax  treatment  under Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code (the "Code").

     2.  Terms and  Conditions.  The Option  evidenced  hereby is subject to the
following terms and conditions:
                 (a)      Expiration  Date.  This Option shall expire ten years
         from the Date of Grant.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                 (b)       Nontransferability.   This  Option  shall  be
         nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and
         distribution  and,  during  the  lifetime  of the  Participant,  may be
         exercised  only by the  Participant,  except as  provided  in Section 3
         below.
                 (c)       Exercise of Service Option.
                         (i)        Vesting:
                           ____     This Option is 100% vested, and, subject to
                         the terms and conditions set forth herein, fully
                         exercisable at all times.
                           ____     This Option shall vest, and shall be
                         exercisable, in accordance with the following schedule:

                 Anniversary of           Percentage of shares of Common
                 Date of Grant            Stock allocable to Option which may
                                          be purchased

                 First                     _____________
                 Second                    _____________
                 Third                     _____________
                 Fourth                    _____________
                 Fifth                     _____________
                 Sixth                     _____________
                 Seventh                   _____________
                 Eighth                    _____________
                 Ninth                     _____________

                         (ii)  Notwithstanding  any provisions  contained in the
                  Plan  or in  this  Agreement,  in the  event  of a  Change  of
                  Control,  the Board may in its  discretion  provide  that this
                  Option shall become fully vested and the Participant  shall be
                  entitled to exercise such Option, in whole or in part.
                  (d)      Limitation on Exercise.
                           (i)      Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection
2(c), the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by reference to the exercise
price at the time the Option is granted) of the stock with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time

                                       3
<PAGE>


by the  Participant  during  a  calendar  year  may  not  exceed  $100,000  (the
"Limitation  Amount").   Incentive  stock  options  granted  under  this  Option
agreement  and the Plan and under all other  plans of the Company and any Parent
and Subsidiary  corporations  shall be aggregated for purposes of the Limitation
Amount.
                           (ii) The  portion of an Option  that fails to qualify
for incentive stock option treatment in a calendar
year because of the Limitation  Amount shall be treated as a nonqualified  stock
option that does not receive  special tax treatment  under Code section 422. The
provisions  of  Section  10 shall  apply to the extent an Option is treated as a
nonqualified stock option.
                  (e) Method of Exercising  and Payment for Shares.  This Option
may only be  exercised  by written  notice  delivered  to the  Treasurer  at the
Company's  principal office. The exercise date will be (i) in the case of notice
by mail,  the date of  postmark  or (ii) if  delivered  in  person,  the date of
delivery.  Such notice  shall be  accompanied  by payment of the Option Price in
full by cash (which shall  include  payment by check,  bank draft or money order
payable to the order of the Company).
         3. Termination of Option Upon  Termination of Employment.  The right of
Participant and his successors in interest to exercise this Option or to vest in
any unvested portion of this Option shall terminate when his employment with the
Company or any  Subsidiary  is  terminated  for any reason except as provided in
subsections 3(a) and 3(b) below.
                  (a) Exercise  following  Death. In the event  Participant dies
         while he is employed by the Company or any  Subsidiary  or within three
         months  following  termination  of his  employment due to retirement or
         disability  and  before  the  exercise  in full or  expiration  of this
         Option,  Participant's  estate  (or the  person or  persons to whom the

                                        4
<PAGE>

         rights  under  this  Option  shall  have  passed by will or the laws of
         descent and  distribution)  may exercise this Option at any time within
         one year next  following  Participant's  death (but in any event before
         the  expiration  date of the Option  period)  for the entire  number of
         shares remaining subject to this Option.

                  (b) Exercise following Termination,  Disability or Retirement.
         In the event of termination of Participant's  employment by the Company
         or any Subsidiary for any reason other than death, including retirement
         or termination  approved by the Company  because of disability,  before
         exercise in full or expiration of this Option, Participant may exercise
         the vested and  exercisable  portion of this  Option at any time within
         three months next following such  termination of employment (but in any
         event before the  expiration  date of the Option period) for the number
         of shares  remaining  subject to the vested and exercisable  portion of
         this  Option.

     For  the  purposes  of  this  Section  3,  it  shall  not be  considered  a
termination  of  employment  if  Participant  is  placed by the  Company  or any
Subsidiary on military or sick leave or such other type of leave of absence that
the Committee  considers as continuing the employment  relationship  intact. For
the purposes of this Section 3, only a termination of employment on or after the
Participant  has reached age 65 shall be  considered  a  retirement,  unless the
Committee   designates  that  an  earlier  termination  shall  be  considered  a
retirement. At the time of any exercise of any Option exercised pursuant to this
Section 3, the Option Price shall be paid in full as provided in Section 2.

     Notwithstanding  subsections  3(a) and  3(b)  above,  in no event  may this
Option be exercised after the Expiration Date.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     4. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware.
     5.  Conflicts.  In the event of any conflict  between the provisions of the
Plan as in effect on the date of grant and the provisions of this Agreement, the
provisions of the Plan shall  govern.  All  references  herein to the Plan shall
mean the Plan as in effect on the date  hereof.  Terms  defined  in the Plan are
used herein as so defined.
     6. Participant Bound by Plan. In consideration of the grant of this Option,
Participant agrees he will comply with such conditions as the Board of Directors
and the Committee may impose on the exercise of the Option.
     7. Binding Effect. Subject to the limitations stated above and in the Plan,
this  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the legatees,
distributees and personal  representatives  of Participant and the successors of
the Company.
     8.  Change in  Capital  Stock  Structure.  In the event of  changes  in the
capital stock structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments in the number of
shares for which the Option  shall be  exercisable,  or the exercise  price,  or
both,  shall be made,  and  appropriate  adjustments  in the required  values of
Common  Stock  under  Section 3 shall be made,  as provided in Section 11 of the
Plan.
     9. Notice of Early Disposition of Option Stock.  Participant agrees to give
the Company prompt written notice of a sale or disposition of the Company Common
Stock acquired upon  exercising the Option (i) within two years from the date on
which the Option was  granted or (ii) within one year from the date on which the
Company Common Stock was  transferred to  Participant.  If Participant  fails to
give the  Company  prompt  written  notice,  Participant  will be  liable to the
Company for any loss of deduction,  any penalty imposed, and any other financial
loss  incurred by the Company as a result of the  Participant's  failure to give
prompt notice.
     10. Tax Obligations Upon Exercise of Nonqualified Portion of Option. To the
extent  an  Option  is  treated  as a  nonqualified  stock  option  pursuant  to
subsection  2(d)(ii),  the difference between the "Fair Market Value" of Company
Common  Stock  purchased  when the Option is  exercised  and the Option Price is
compensation  taxable to the  Participant  as  ordinary  income  and  subject to
applicable  federal and state taxes which the Company is  obligated to withhold.
The  Participant  agrees to make  arrangements  suitable  to the Company for the
payment of all applicable withholding taxes. By a timely election (to the extent
permitted  by Rule  16b-3  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934),  the
Participant  may elect to have the Company  withhold  upon  exercise a number of
Company  Shares  having a "Fair Market  Value"  equal to the minimum  applicable
withholding  taxes.  Any such  election  shall be  subject  to  approval  by the
Committee.
     11. Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding on the Company
and shall be enforceable against its successors and assigns.
     12. Notice  Provisions.  Any notice or election required or permitted under
this Option  shall be delivered  in writing to the  Treasurer  at the  Company's
principal offices in Parsippany, New Jersey.
     13.  Transfer of Shares of Company Stock.  Upon the exercise of the Option,
the Participant  shall not transfer,  encumber or dispose of the Common Stock so
purchased unless: (a) an effective  registration  statement covering such shares
is filed  pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and  applicable
state law, or (b) an opinion  letter of the  Participant's  counsel is obtained,
satisfactory  to the  Company  and its  counsel,  that such  transfer  is not in
violation of any applicable federal or state laws or regulations.
     14. Amendment of this Option Agreement.  The Board may modify or amend this
Option if it so determines, in its sole discretion,  that amendment is necessary
or advisable.  No amendment of this Option, however, may, without the consent of
the Participant, make any changes which would adversely affect the rights of the
Participant,  except  the Board may  unilaterally  amend the Plan and  Incentive
Awards as it deems  appropriate  to cause  Incentive  Stock  Options to meet the
requirements of the Code and regulations thereunder.
     15. No Guaranteed  Right to  Employment.  If Participant is employed by the
Company, nothing contained herein shall confer upon the Participant any right to
be continued in the  employment  of the Company or interfere in any way with the
right of the Company to terminate his employment at any time for any cause.
     With this Option,  you will  receive a number of documents  relating to the
Company and a receipt for those documents.  You should sign the receipt for this
material and return it to the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION has caused this Agreement
to be signed by the  President  and the  Participant  has affixed his  signature
hereto.
                                           MENLO ACQUISITION CORPORATION


                                           By______________________________
                                              President


                                             -------------------------------
                                             Participant

                                       9







                                     LEASE

      LEASE, made this 23 day of June, 1997 between Greenberg  Property,  L.L.C.
whose  address is 100 Misty  Lane,  Parsippany,  New Jersey  07054  (hereinafter
referred to as "Lessor");  and Environmental Waste Management  Associates,  Inc.
whose address is 100 Misty Lane, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

                                    PREAMBLE

         In  addition  to other  terms  elsewhere  defined  in this  Lease,  the
following terms,  whenever used in this Lease, should have only the meanings set
forth in this section  unless such meanings are expressly  modified,  limited or
expanded elsewhere herein.

         A.       Additional  Rent.  All sums in addition to fixed basic rent
payable by Lessee to Lessor  pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

         B.       Base Period Costs.  As to the following:

                  (1)      Base  Operating  Costs.  Those  costs,  not
otherwise   specifically   defined  herein, incurred during Calendar Year 1998.

                  (2) Base Real Estate Taxes.  Those real estate taxes  incurred
for the building and office building area during Calendar Year 1998.

                  (3) Base Utility and Energy Costs. Those costs for utility and
energy (including  surcharges and/or adjustments)  incurred during Calendar Year
1998. These costs do not include other costs specifically defined herein.

         C.       Broker. None.

         D.       Building.  100 Misty Lane, Parsippany, New Jersey.

         E.       Building Holidays.  The holidays listed on Exhibit E attached
hereto.

         F.       Commencement Date.  August 1, 1997.

         G. Demised  Premises or Premises.  Approximately  21,827 gross rentable
square feet on the 3rd floor and part of the first floor,  as shown on Exhibit A
hereto, which includes an allocable share of the common facilities as defined in
paragraph 42(c).

         H.  Exhibits.  The  following  exhibits  attached  to  this  Lease  are
incorporated herein and made a part hereof:

                  Premises...............................Exhibit A
                  Rules and Regulations..................Exhibit B
                  Landlord's Work........................Exhibit C
                  Cleaning Services......................Exhibit D
                  Building Holidays......................Exhibit E

         I.       Fixed Basic Rent.  Three Million  Fifty-Five  Thousand  Seven
Hundred and Eighty  ($3,055,780.00) Dollars for the term payable as follows:
                    Years 1 - 10
                  (1)      Yearly  Rate.  Two Hundred and Eighty  Thousand  and
Six Hundred and Four  ($305,578.00) Dollars.

                  (2)      Monthly   Rate.   Twenty-Five   Thousand   Four
Hundred  and   Sixty-Four   and  83/100 ($25,464.83.00) Dollars.

         J.       Lessee's  Percentage.  Forty-Four and 55/100  (44.55%)
percent subject to adjustment as provided for in paragraph 42(e).

         K.       Parking Spaces.  A total of nine (9) assigned spaces.

         L.       Permitted Use.  General office use and nothing else.

         M.       Security Deposit.  None.

         N.       Term.    Ten  (10)  years  -0-  months  from  the
commencement  date  plus two (2) five (5) year options.

         O.       Termination Date.  The day before the 10th anniversary of the
commencement date.
                                       1
<PAGE>


                                    W I T N E S S E T H :

         For and in consideration of the covenants  herein  contained,  and upon
the terms and conditions herein set forth, Lessor and Lessee agree as follows:

         1.  Description.  Lessor  hereby  leases to Lessee,  and Lessee  hereby
leases from Lessor, the demised premises as defined in the preamble (hereinafter
called  "demised  premises"  or  "premises"),  as  shown  on the  plan or  plans
initialed by the parties  hereto  marked  "Exhibit A attached  hereto and made a
part of this  Lease,  in the  building as defined in the  preamble  (hereinafter
called  the  "building"),  together  with the right to use in common  with other
lessees of the building,  their  invitees,  customers and employees those public
areas of the common facilities as hereinafter defined.

         2.  Term.  The  premises  are leased  for the term to  commence  on the
commencement  date and to end at 12:00 midnight on the termination  date, all as
defined in the preamble.

         3. Basic Rent.  The Lessee shall pay to the Lessor  during the term the
fixed basic rent,  as defined in the preamble  (hereinafter  called "fixed basic
rent"), payable in draft or bank check. The fixed basic rent shall accrue at the
yearly rate, as defined in the preamble,  and shall be payable in advance on the
first day of each calendar month during the term at the monthly installments, as
defined in the preamble,  except that a  proportionately  lesser sum may be paid
for the first and last months of the term of this Lease if the term commences on
a day other than the first day of the month in accordance  with the provision of
this Lease  herein set forth.  Lessor  acknowledges  receipt  from Lessee of the
first monthly installment by check, subject to collection,  for fixed basic rent
for the first month of the lease term. Lessee shall pay fixed basic rent and any
additional  rent, as  hereinafter  provided,  to Lessor at Lessor's above stated
address,  or at such other  place as Lessor  may  designate  in writing  without
demand and without counterclaim, deduction or setoff.

         4. Use and Occupancy.  Lessee shall use and occupy the premises for the
permitted use as defined in the preamble and for no other purpose.

         5. Care and Repair of  Premises.  Lessee  covenants to commit no act of
waste and to take good care of the premises  and the fixtures and  appurtenances
therein,  and shall in the use and  occupancy  of the  premises  comply with all
laws, orders and regulations of the federal,  state and municipal governments or
any  of  their  departments  affecting  the  premises,  and  with  any  and  all
environmental requirements resulting from the Lessee's use of the premises, this
covenant to survive the expiration or sooner  termination  of the Lease;  Lessor
shall, at Lessor's expense,  make all necessary repairs to the common facilities
and to the parking  areas,  if any, the same to be included as an operating cost
except  where the repair has been made  necessary by misuse or neglect by Lessee
or Lessee's agents, servants, visitors of licensees, in which event Lessor shall
nevertheless make the repair, but Lessor shall pay to Lessor as additional rent,
immediately  upon  demand,  the  costs  therefor.  Lessee,  at its sole cost and
expense,  shall have the right to contest any order or regulation  and shall not
be  required  to  comply  with  any  such  order  or  regulation  until  a final
non-appealable  decision is  rendered.  All  improvements  made by Lessee to the
premises  which are so  attached  to the  premises  that they  cannot be removed
without  material  injury to the  premises,  shall become the property of Lessor
upon  installation.  Not later than the last day of the term,  Lessee shall,  at
Lessee's expense,  remove all Lessee's personal property and those  improvements
made by Lessee  which have not become the  property  of Lessor  including  trade
fixtures,  cabinet work, movable paneling,  partitions, and the like; repair all
injury  done by or in  connection  with  the  installation  or  removal  of said
property and  improvements;  and surrender the premises in as good  condition as
they were at the beginning of the term,  reasonable wear and damage by fire, the
elements,  casualty,  or other cause not due to the misuse or neglect by Lessee,
Lessee's agents,  servants,  visitors, or licensees excepted. All other property
of Lessee  remaining on the premises after the last day of the term of the Lease
shall be conclusively  deemed abandoned and may be removed by Lessor, and Lessee
shall  reimburse  Lessor for the cost of such removal.  Lessor may have any such
property  stored at  Lessee's  risk and  expense.  With  respect  to the  common
facilities and parking area, Lessee shall be responsible for any damage which is
not covered by insurance caused by visitors and/or licenses.

         6.  Alterations,  Additions or Improvements.  Lessee shall not, without
first obtaining the written consent of Lessor,  make any alterations,  additions

                                       2
<PAGE>


or  improvements  in, to or about the premises  which cost in excess of $10,000.
Below said dollar number no advance written or oral consent is required.

         7. Activities  Increasing Fire Insurance Rates.  Lessee shall not do or
suffer  anything to be done on the premises which will increase the rate of fire
insurance on the building. This clause shall not be applicable so long as Lessee
uses the premises solely for office use.

         8.  Assignment  and  Sublease.  Lessee may not assign or  sublease  the
within lease to any party without  Lessor's consent which shall not unreasonably
be withheld:

                  (a) Lessor's consent shall not be deemed unreasonably withheld
if it refuses to consent to any proposed  sublease or an assignment of the lease
to a  tenant,  subtenant  or  other  occupant  of  the  building  or,  if in the
reasonable  judgment  of Lessor  the  business  of such  proposed  subtenant  or
assignee is not compatible with the type of occupancy of the building,  violates
any exclusive granted to any other tenant in the building, or such business will
create increased use of the common facilities of the office building area and/or
building, or is to any state, federal or municipal agency or bureau.

                  (b) The Lessee and each  assignee  shall be and remain  liable
for the observance of all the covenants and provisions of this Lease,  including
but not limited to the payment of fixed basic rent and additional  rent reserved
herein,  through  the entire  term of this Lease as the same may be  extended or
otherwise modified.

                  (c) In any event,  the acceptance by Lessor of any fixed basic
rent or additional rent from the assignee or from any of the subtenants,  or the
failure  of Lessor  to insist  upon a strict  performance  of any of the  terms,
conditions  and  covenants  herein,  shall not  release  Lessee  herein  nor any
assignee  assuming this Lease from any and all of the obligations  herein during
and for the entire term of this Lease.

                  (d)  Lessor  shall  require a One  Hundred  ($100.00)  Dollars
payment to cover its handling charges for each request for consent to any sublet
or assignment prior to its consideration of the same.  Lessee  acknowledges that
its sole remedy with respect to any assertion  that Lessor's  failure to consent
to any sublet or  assignment  is  unreasonable,  shall be the remedy of specific
performance  and  Lessee  shall have no other  claim or cause of action  against
Lessor as a result of Lessor's actions in refusing to consent thereto.

                  (e) Any sublet or  assignment to an  "affiliate"  (hereinafter
defined) shall not be subject to the provisions of  subparagraph  (a) hereof and
shall not require  Lessor's prior written  consent,  but all other provisions of
this paragraph shall apply.

                  (f) The sale and transfer of stock or ownership control,  (50%
or more of the stock of the corporation or partnership ownership) if Lessee be a
corporation, or partnership,  shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease unless
(i) it  involves  the  sale or  issuance  of  securities  registered  under  the
Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended;  (ii) it is made  amongst  the  existing
stockholders  (partners)  of  Lessee;  or (iii) it  results  from the death of a
stockholder  (partner) of Lessee,  in which event the Lessor's consent shall not
be required but all other provisions of this paragraph shall apply.

         9.  Compliance  with Rules and  Regulations.  Lessee shall  observe and
comply with the rules and regulations  hereinafter set forth in Exhibit B hereto
and made a part hereof,  and with such further  reasonable rules and regulations
as Lessor may  prescribe  on written  notice to Lessee for the safety,  care and
cleanliness  of the building,  and the comfort,  quiet and  convenience of other
occupants  of the  building.  Lessee must  consent in writing to be bound by any
future  rules  and  regulations.  Lessee's  consent  shall  not be  unreasonably
withheld.  Lessee shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised  premises
exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and
which is provided for in the Exhibit A attached hereto or allowed by law. Lessor
reserves  the right to  prescribe  weight and  position  of all safes,  business
machines  and  mechanical  equipment.  Such  installments  shall be  placed  and
maintained by Lessee,  at Lessee's expense,  in settings  sufficient in Lessor's
reasonable judgment to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

         10.  Damages to  Building/Waiver  of  Subrogation.  If the  building is
damaged by fire or any other cause to such extent that the cost of  restoration,

                                       3
<PAGE>

as  reasonably  estimated  by  Lessor,  will equal or exceed  twenty-five  (25%)
percent of the replacement value of the building (exclusive of foundations) just
prior to the  occurrence  of the  damage  then  Lessor  may,  no later  than the
sixtieth  (60th) day following  the damage,  give Lessee a notice of election to
terminate this Lease,  or if the cost of restoration  will equal or exceed fifty
(50%)  percent  of such  replacement  value  and if the  premises  shall  not be
reasonably  usable for the  purpose  for which they are  leased  hereunder  then
Lessee may, no later than the sixtieth  (60th) day  following  the damage,  give
Lessor a notice of  election  to  terminate  the Lease.  In either said event of
election,  this Lease shall be deemed to terminate on the  thirtieth  (30th) day
after the giving of said notice and Lessee  shall  surrender  possession  of the
premises within a reasonable time  thereafter,  and the fixed basic rent and any
additional rent shall be apportioned as of the date of said  surrender,  and any
fixed basic rent or  additional  rent paid for any period beyond said date shall
be repaid to Lessee. If the cost of restoration,  as estimated by Lessor,  shall
amount to less than twenty-five  (25%) percent of said replacement  value of the
building or if despite the cost  Lessor does not elect to  terminate  the Lease,
Lessor shall  restore the building and the premises with  reasonable  promptness
subject to force majeure, as hereinafter defined, and Lessee shall have no right
to terminate this Lease. Lessor need not restore fixtures and improvements owned
by Lessee. In any case in which use of the premises is affected by any damage to
the  building,  there shall be either an abatement or an equitable  reduction in
fixed basic rent and any  additional  rent depending on the period for which and
the extent to which the premises are not reasonably  usable for the purposes for
which they are leased hereunder.  The words  "restoration" and "restore" as used
in this paragraph shall include repairs. If the damage results from the fault of
Lessee or  Lessee's  agents,  servants,  visitors  or  licensees,  which are not
covered by insurance, Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction
in  fixed  basic  rent or  additional  rent  except  to the  extent  of any rent
insurance maintained by Lessee and received by Lessor.

         Notwithstanding  the provisions of this paragraph of the Lease,  in the
event of any loss or damage to the  building,  the premises  and/or any contents
(herein "property  damage"),  each party waives all claims against the other for
any such loss or damage and each party shall look only to any insurance which it
has obtained to protect against such loss (or in the case of Lessee, against any
tenant of the building that has not waived subrogation against such Lessee), and
each party shall obtain for each policy of such insurance provisions waiving any
claims against the other party (and against any other  tenant(s) in the building
that has waived  subrogation  against the Lessee) for loss or damage  within the
scope of such insurance.

         11.  Eminent  Domain.  If Lessee's  use of the  premises is  materially
affected  due to the taking by eminent  domain of (i) the  premises  or any part
thereof or any estate  therein,  or (ii) any other part of the building then, in
either event,  this Lease shall  terminate on the date when title vests pursuant
to  such  taking.  The  fixed  basic  rent  and any  additional  rent  shall  be
apportioned as of said termination  date, and any fixed basic rent or additional
rent paid for any period  beyond  said date  shall be repaid to  Lessee.  Lessee
shall not be entitled to any part of the award for such taking or any payment in
lieu  thereof,  but Lessee may file a separate  claim for any taking of fixtures
and improvements  owned by Lessee which have not become Lessor's  property,  and
for  moving  expenses  provided  the same  shall in no way  affect  or  diminish
Lessor's  award.  In the  event of a  partial  taking  which  does not  effect a
termination of this Lease but does deprive Lessee of the use of a portion of the
demised premises,  there shall either be an abatement or any equitable reduction
of the fixed basic rent and an  equitable  adjustment  reducing  the base period
costs  depending on the period for which and the extent to which the premises so
taken are not  reasonably  usable  for the  purpose  for which  they are  leased
hereunder.  If any partial or total taking  materially  interferes with Lessee's
ability to conduct its business,  Lessee shall have the option to terminate this
Lease.

         12.  Insolvency of Lessee.  Either (i) the appointment of a receiver to
take possession of all or substantially  all of the assets of Lessee,  or (ii) a
general  assignment by Lessee for the benefit of creditors,  or (iii) any action
taken or  suffered  by  Lessee  under any  insolvency  or  bankruptcy  act shall
constitute  a default  of this Lease by Lessee,  and Lessor may  terminate  this
Lease  forthwith  and  upon  notice  of  such  termination,  Lessee's  right  to
possession  of the demised  premises  shall cease and Lessee shall then quit and
surrender the premises to Lessor,  but Lessee shall remain liable as hereinafter
provided in  paragraph 14 hereof.  If Lessee  contines to pay the basic rent and
additional  rent  after any  insolvency  filing,  the  filing of same  shall not
constitute a Lease default.

                                       4
<PAGE>


         13. Lessor's Remedies on Default.  If Lessee defaults in the payment of
fixed basic rent or any additional  rent, or defaults in the  performance of any
of the other covenants and conditions  hereof,  Lessor may give Lessee notice of
such default and if Lessee does not cure any fixed basic rent or additional rent
default  within ten (10) days or other  default  within  thirty  (30) days after
giving of such notice (or if such other default is of such nature that it cannot
be  completely  cured within such period if Lessee does not commence such curing
within such thirty (30) days and thereafter  proceed with  reasonable  diligence
and in good faith to cure such default), then Lessor may terminate this Lease on
not less than ten (10) days' notice to Lessee, and on the date specified in said
notice,  Lessee's  right to possession of the demised  premises  shall cease and
Lessee shall then quit and  surrender  the premises to Lessor,  but Lessee shall
remain liable as hereunder provided. If this Lease shall have been so terminated
by  Lessor  pursuant  to  paragraphs  12 or 13  hereof,  Lessor  may at any time
thereafter  resume  possession  of the  premises by any lawful  means and remove
Lessee or other occupants and their effects.

         14.  Deficiency.  In any case where Lessor has recovered  possession of
the premises by reason of Lessee's default, Lessor may at Lessor's option occupy
the  premises  or  cause  the  premises  to be  redecorated,  altered,  divided,
consolidated  with any adjoining  premises,  or otherwise change or prepared for
reletting,  and may relet  premises or any part  thereof as agent of Lessee,  or
otherwise,  for a term or terms to  expire  prior  to,  at the same  time as, or
subsequent to the original  expiration date of this Lease,  at Lessor's  option,
and receive the rent thereof  (fixed basic rent or additional  rent) so received
shall be  applied  first to the  payment  of such  expenses  as Lessor  may have
incurred in connection with the recovery of possession,  redecorating, altering,
dividing,  consolidating with other adjoining premises, or otherwise changing or
preparing for re-letting,  and the re-letting including brokerage and reasonable
attorneys fees, and then to the payment of damages in amounts equal to the fixed
basic rent and  additional  rent  hereunder,  and to the costs and  expenses  of
performance of the other covenants of Lessee as herein  provided.  Lessee agrees
in any such case,  whether or not Lessor has  re-let,  to pay to Lessor  damages
equal to the fixed basic rent and  additional  rent and other sums herein agreed
to be paid by  Lessee  less  the net  proceeds  of the  re-letting,  if any,  as
ascertained  from time to time and the same  shall be  payable  by Lessee on the
several rent days above  specified.  Lessee shall not be entitled to any surplus
accruing  as a result of any such  re-letting.  In  re-letting  the  premises as
aforesaid,  Lessor may grant rent  concessions  and Lessee shall not be credited
herewith.  No such re-letting  shall constitute a surrender and acceptance or be
deemed evidence thereof. If Lessor elects,  pursuant hereto,  actually to occupy
and use the premises, or any part thereof, during any part of the balance of the
term as  originally  fixed or since  extended,  there  shall be allowed  against
Lessee's  obligation  for fixed  basic  rent and  additional  rent or damages as
herein defined, during the period of Lessor's occupancy, the reasonable value of
such  occupancy  not to exceed in any event the fixed basic rent and  additional
rent herein reserved,  and such occupancy shall not be construed as a release of
Lessee's liability hereunder.

                  Alternatively,   in  any  case  where  Lessor  has   recovered
possession of the premises by reason of Lessee's default, Lessor may at Lessor's
option and at any time  thereafter and without notice or other action by Lessor,
and without  prejudice to any other rights or remedies it might have  hereunder,
or at law or equity  become  entitled to recover from Lessee as damages for such
breach in addition to such other sums herein  agreed to be paid by Lessee to the
date  of  re-entry,  expiration  and/or  dispossess,  an  amount  equal  to  the
difference  between the fixed basic rent and  additional  rent  reserved in this
Lease  from  the date of such  default  to the  date of  expiration  of the term
demised,  as the same may have been  extended or renewed,  and the then fair and
reasonable  rental value  (inclusive of additional rent and fixed basic rent) of
the premises for the same period.  Said damages  shall become due and payable to
Lessor  immediately upon such breach of this Lease and without regard to whether
this Lease be terminated or not, and if this Lease be terminated  without regard
to the manner in which it is terminated. In the computation of such damages, the
difference  between any  installments  of fixed basic rent and  additional  rent
thereafter  becoming  due,  and the  fair  and  reasonable  rental  value of the
premises  for the  period  for which  such  installment  was  payable,  shall be
discounted  to the date of such  default  at the rate of not more than four (4%)
percent per annum.

         Lessee  hereby  waives all right of  redemption  to which Lessee or any
person under Lessee might be entitled by any law now or hereafter in force.

         Lessor's  remedies  hereunder are in addition to any remedy  allowed by
law.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         15.  Subordination of Lease. This Lease shall at Lessor's option, or at
the option of any holder of any underlying  lease or holder of any mortgage,  be
subject  and  subordinate  to any such  underlying  leases and to any such first
mortgage  which  may now or  hereafter  affect  the real  property  of which the
premises form a part,  and also to all renewals,  modifications,  consolidations
and replacements of said underlying leases and said first mortgage.  Although no
instrument  or act on the part of Lessee shall be necessary to  effectuate  such
subordination,  Lessee  will  nevertheless  execute  and  deliver  such  further
instruments confirming such subordination of this Lease as may be desired by the
holders of said first mortgage or trust deed or by any of the Lessors under such
underlying leases. Lessee hereby appoints Lessor attorney-in-fact irrevocably to
execute and deliver any such instrument for Lessee.  If any underlying  lease to
which this Lease is subject terminates, Lessee shall on timely request attorn to
the owner of the reversion.

         16.      Security.         Intentionally left blank.

         17. Right to Cure Lessee's  Breach.  If Lessee breaches any covenant or
condition of this Lease,  Lessor may on reasonable notice to Lessee (except that
no notice need be given in case of emergency) cure such breach at the expense of
Lessee,  and the reasonable  amount of all expenses,  including  attorney's fees
incurred by Lessor, in so doing (whether paid by Lessor or third party) shall be
deemed additional rent payable on demand.

         18. Mechanic's Lien.  Lessee shall,  within a reasonable period of time
after  notice from  Lessor,  discharge  or satisfy by bonding or  otherwise  any
mechanic's  liens for materials or labor  claimed to have been  furnished to the
premises on Lessee's behalf.

         19.  Right to Inspect and  Repair.  Lessor may enter the  premises  but
shall not be obligated to do so (except as required by any specific provision of
this Lease) at any reasonable  time on reasonable  notice to Lessee (except that
no notice need be given in case of  emergency)  for the purpose of inspection or
the making of such repairs,  replacements or additions in, to, on, and about the
premises or the building as Lessor deems  necessary or  desirable.  Lessee shall
have no claims  or cause of action  against  Lessor by reason  thereof.  Lessee,
except for claims not  covered  by a standard  business  interruption  insurance
policy,  (Lessee shall provide  Lessor with copy of insurance  policy) shall not
have any claim against Lessor for interruption to Lessee's business.

         20. Services to be Provided by Lessor/Lessor's Exculpation.  Subject to
intervening laws, ordinances, regulations, and executive orders, while Lessee is
not in default  under any of the  provisions  of this  Lease,  Lessor  agrees to
furnish, except on holidays as set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto and made a
part hereof.

                  (a) The  cleaning  services as set forth in Exhibit D attached
hereto and made a part hereof,  and subject to the  conditions  therein  stated.
Except  as set  forth on  Exhibit  D,  Lessee  shall  pay the cost of all  other
cleaning services required by Lessee.

                  (b) Heating, ventilating and air conditioning (herein "HVAC"),
as  appropriate  for the season,  together with common  facilities  lighting and
electric energy, all during building hours, as hereinafter defined.

                  (c) Cold and hot water for drinking and lavatory purposes.

                  (d) Elevator service during building hours.

                  (e)  Restroom  supplies  and  exterior  window  cleaning  when
reasonably required.

                  (f)  Notwithstanding  the  requirements  of other provision of
this  Lease,  Lessor  shall not be liable  for  failure  to  furnish  any of the
aforesaid  services  when such  failure is due to force  majeure as  hereinafter
defined.  If Lessor fails to provide  necessary  services to the premises for an
unreasonable length of time, Lessee may terminate this Lease. Lessor's liability
for its failure to furnish any service  required to be  furnished by it pursuant
to this Lease shall be as set forth in paragraph  21. Lessor shall not be liable
under any  circumstance,  including  but not  limited to that  arising  from the
negligence of Lessor, its agents,  servants or invitees, or from defects, errors
or omissions in the  construction  or design of the demised  premises and/or the
building including the structural and non-structural  portions thereof, for loss
of or  injury  to  Lessee  or to  property,  however  occurring,  through  or in
connection  with or incidental to the furnishing of or failure to furnish any of

                                       6
<PAGE>

the aforesaid  services,  or for any interruption to Lessee's business,  however
occurring.

         21. Interruption of Services or Use. Interruption or curtailment of any
service  maintained in the building or at the office  building area if caused by
force  majeure,  as hereinafter  defined,  shall not entitle Lessee to any claim
against  Lessor or to any  abatement of fixed basic rent or addition  rent,  and
shall not constitute a constructive  or partial  eviction unless Lessor fails to
take  measures  as may be  reasonable  under the  circumstances  to restore  the
service without undue delay. If the premises are rendered  untenantable in whole
or in part for a period of ten (10)  consecutive  business days by the making of
repairs,  replacements or additions other than those made with Lessee's  consent
or caused by misuse or neglect by Lessee, or Lessee's agents, servants, visitors
or licensees,  there shall be a  proportionate  abatement of rent from and after
said tenth (10th) consecutive business day and continuing for the period of such
untenantability.  In no event shall  Lessee be entitled to claim a  constructive
eviction from the premises  unless  Lessee shall first have  notified  Lessor in
writing of the condition or conditions giving rise thereto and if the complaints
be justified,  unless Lessor shall have failed,  within a reasonable  time after
receipt of such notice,  to remedy or commence and proceed with due diligence to
remedy such condition or conditions, all subject to force majeure as hereinafter
defined.

         22.      Building Standard Office Electrical Service.
                  (a) For so long as Lessee is not in  default  with  respect to
the payment of basic rent and additional  rent,  Lessor agrees to provide office
electrical  service (as hereinafter  defined) to the premises upon the following
terms and conditions:

                           (1)      Lessee  shall  pay to  Lessor on the  first
day of every  month,  in  advance,$2,273.64  per month.  Said  amounts  shall be
treated  as  additional  rent due hereunder.  Proportionate  sums shall be
payable for periods of less than a full month if the term  commences  or ends
on any other than the first or last day of the month.

                           (2)      Lessor  shall  not be  liable  in any way to
Lessee for any loss,  damage or expense  which  Lessee may sustain or incur as a
result  of any  failure,  defect  or  change in the  quantity  or  character  of
electrical energy available for  redistribution to the premises pursuant to this
paragraph nor for any  interruption  in the supply,  and Lessee agrees that such
supply  may  be  interrupted  for  inspection,   repairs,   replacement  and  in
emergencies.  In any event,  the full  measure  of  Lessor's  liability  for any
interruption  in the  supply  due to  Lessor's  acts or  omissions  shall  be an
abatement  of  rent.  In no  event  shall  Lessor  be  liable  for any  business
interruption suffered by Lessee.
                           (3) Lessee shall furnish and install all  replacement
lighting tubes, lamps, ballasts and bulbs required in the premises.
                           (4) Lessee shall make no  alteration  to the existing
electrical  risers,  wiring and other  conductors  or outlets  without  Lessor's
consent. Should Lessor consent, all such alterations shall be provided by Lessor
and the cost therefor paid by Lessee upon demand as additional rent.
                  (b) For  purposes  of this  paragraph  22,  building  standard
office  electrical  service shall mean the electrical energy required to provide
the lighting  and operate  general  office  equipment  such as Lessee's  present
computer system, typewriters, calculators and copiers; provided Lessee's present
such lighting and equipment does not require  greater than a 15-amp line, but in
no  event  to  include  electrical  energy  for the  operation  of any  computer
installation or data processing  equipment other than personal computers,  which
energy shall be provided during building hours as hereinafter defined.

         23.  Additional  Rent. It is expressly  agreed that Lessee will pay, in
addition to the basic rent provided in paragraph 3 above,  an additional rent to
cover Lessee's percentage,  as defined in the preamble, of the increased cost to
Lessor for each of the categories  enumerated herein over the base period costs,
as defined in the preamble for said categories.

                  (a)  Operating  Cost  Escalation.   If  the  operating  costs,
incurred for the  building in which the demised  premises are located and office
building area for any Lease year or proportionate  part thereof during the Lease
term,  shall be greater than the base operating costs (adjusted  proportionately
for  periods  less  than a lease  year),  then  Lessee  shall  pay to  Lessor as
additional  rent  Lessee's  percentage  of  all  such  excess  operating  costs.
Operating  costs shall  include by way of  illustration  and not of  limitation:
personal  property taxes;  labor  including wages and salaries;  social security
taxes and other  taxes  which may be levied  against  Lessor upon such wages and

                                        7
<PAGE>

salaries; supplies; repairs and maintenance;  maintenance and service contracts;
painting;  wall and  window  washing;  laundry  and  towel  service;  tools  and
equipment  (which are not  required to be  capitalized  for  federal  income tax
purposes); fire and other insurance;  trash removal; lawn care; snow removal and
all other items  properly  constituting  direct  operating  costs  according  to
standard  accounting  practices  (hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as the
"operating  costs") but not  including  depreciation  of building or  equipment;
interest;  income  or  excess  profits  taxes;  costs  of  maintaining  Lessor's
corporate   existence;   franchise  taxes;  any  expenditures   required  to  be
capitalized for federal income tax purposes unless said expenditures are for the
purpose of reducing operating costs within the building and office building area
or are required  under any  governmental  law,  ordinance or regulation in which
event the costs thereof shall be included.  The base operating costs shall be as
defined in the preamble.  Any non-third party operating costs shall not increase
more than 50% of the Northeast  Consumer Price Index or a comparable  index,  if
the index no longer exists. Third party costs shall not be subject to any cap.

                  (b) Fuel, Utilities and Electric Cost Escalation.  Hereinafter
referred to as  "utility  and energy  costs." If the  utility and energy  costs,
including any fuel surcharges or adjustments with respect thereto,  incurred for
water, sewer, gas, electric, other utilities and heating,  ventilating,  and air
conditioning  for the  building  to include  all leased and  leasable  areas and
common facilities,  electric, lighting, water, sewer and other utilities for the
building and office  building  area,  for any Lease year or  proportionate  part
thereof,  during the term,  shall be greater  than the base  utility  and energy
costs (adjusted  proportionately  for periods less than Lease year), then Lessee
shall pay to Lessor,  as additional  rent,  Lessee's  percentage as  hereinafter
defined,  all of such excess utility and energy costs. As used in this paragraph
23(b), the base utility and energy costs shall be as defined in the preamble.  A
clause  similar to this clause shall be included in all the other leases for the
premises.

                  (c) Tax Escalation.  If the real estate taxes for the building
and office building area at which the demised premises are located for any Lease
year or proportionate part thereof, during the Lease term, shall be greater than
the base real estate  taxes  (adjusted  proportionately  for periods less than a
Lease  year),  then Lessee shall pay to Lessor,  as  additional  rent,  Lessee's
percentage, as hereinafter defined, of all such excess real estate taxes.

                           As used in this paragraph  23(c),  the words and
terms which follow mean and include the following:
                           (1)      "Base real estate taxes" shall be as defined
in the preamble.

                           (2) "Real estate taxes" shall mean the property taxes
and assessments  imposed upon the building and office building area, or upon the
rent,  as such,  payable to Lessor,  including  but not limited to real  estate,
city, county, village, school and transit taxes,  assessments or charges levied,
imposed or assessed  against the building and office  building area by any other
taxing  authority,  whether  general or  specific,  ordinary  or  extraordinary,
foreseen or  unforeseen.  If due to future  change in the method of taxation any
franchise,  income or profit tax shall be levied against Lessor in  substitution
for or in lieu of or in addition to any tax which would  otherwise  constitute a
real estate tax,  such  franchise,  income or profit tax shall be deemed to be a
real estate tax for the purposes hereof;  conversely, any additional real estate
tax hereafter imposed in substitution for or in lieu of any franchise, income or
profit tax (which is not in  substitution  for or in lieu of or in addition to a
real estate tax as hereinabove  provided)  shall not be deemed a real estate tax
for the purposes hereof.

                  (d) Lease Year. As used in this paragraph 23, Lease year shall
mean the twelve (12) month period commencing January 1, 1998 and ending December
31, 1998 and each twelve (12) month period  thereafter.  Once the base costs are
established,  in the event any lease period is less than twelve months, then the
base period costs for the categories listed above shall be adjusted to equal the
proportion  that said period  bears to twelve  months,  and Lessee  shall pay to
Lessor,  as  additional  rent for  such  period,  an  amount  equal to  Lessee's
percentage,  as  hereinafter  defined,  of the excess for said  period  over the
adjusted base with respect to each of the aforesaid categories.

                  (e)  Payment.  At any  time and from  time to time  after  the
establishment  of the base period costs for each of the  categories  referred to

                                       8
<PAGE>


above, Lessor shall advise Lessee in writing of Lessee's percentage with respect
to each of the  categories  as  estimated  for the next twelve (12) month period
(and for each succeeding  twelve month period or  proportionate  part thereof if
the last period prior to the Lease's  termination in less than twelve months) as
then known to Lessor,  and  hereafter,  Lessee  shall pay, as  additional  rent,
Lessee's  percentage of these costs for the then current period affected by such
advice (as the same may be  periodically  revised by Lessor as additional  costs
are incurred) in equal monthly installments, such new rates being applied to any
months for which the fixed  basic rent  shall have  already  been paid which are
affected  by the  operating  cost  escalation  and/or  utility  and energy  cost
escalation  and/or  tax  escalation  costs  above  referred  to as  well  as the
unexpired  months of the current  period,  the  adjustment  for the then expired
months to be made at the  payment  of the next  succeeding  monthly  rental,  as
subject to final  adjustment at the  expiration of each lease year as defined in
subparagraph (d) hereof (or  proportionate  part hereof if the last period prior
to the Lease's termination is less than twelve months).

                           Notwithstanding  anything  herein  contained  to the
contrary,  in the event the last period prior to the Lease's termination is less
than  twelve (12)  months,  the base period  costs  during said period  shall be
proportionately reduced to correspond to the duration of said final period.
                  (f) Books and Records.  For the  protection of Lessee,  Lessor
shall  maintain  books  of  account  which  shall  be  open  to  Lessee  and its
representatives  at all reasonable  times so that Lessee can determine that such
operating, utility, energy and tax costs have in fact been paid or incurred. Any
disagreement   with  respect  to  anyone  or  more  of  said  charges,   if  not
satisfactorily  settled  between Lessor and Lessee,  shall be referred by either
party to an independent  certified public accountant to be mutually agreed upon,
and if such an  accountant  cannot  be agreed  upon,  the  American  Arbitration
Association may be asked by either party to select an arbitrator  whose decision
on the dispute  will be final and binding  upon both  parties who shall  jointly
share any cost of such arbitration.  Pending resolution of said dispute,  Lessee
shall  pay to  Lessor  the sum so  billed  by  Lessor  subject  to its  ultimate
resolution as aforesaid.

                  (g) Right to Review. Once Lessor shall have finally determined
said  operating,  utility and energy or tax costs at the  expiration  of a Lease
year,  then as to the item so  established,  Lessee  shall only be  entitled  to
dispute said charge as finally  established for a period of six (6) months after
such charge is finally established,  and Lessee specifically waives any right to
dispute any such charge at the  expiration of said six (6) month period.  Lessee
shall have the right to contest any fraudulent  charge within three (3) years of
payment for said specific charge.

                  (h) Occupancy  Adjustment.  If with respect to operating  cost
escalation,  as established in subparagraph  (a) hereof,  and utility and energy
cost escalation,  as established in subparagraph (b) hereof, the building is not
ninety-five  (95%) percent  occupied during the  establishment of the respective
base periods,  then the base costs  incurred with respect to said operating cost
or utility and energy cost shall be adjusted  during any such period  within the
base period so as to reflect ninety-five (95%) percent occupancy.  Similarly, if
during any Lease year or  proportionate  part  thereof,  subsequent  to the base
period,  the building is less than ninety-five (95%) percent occupied,  then the
actual costs  incurred for  operating  cost and utility and energy cost shall be
increased during any such period to reflect  ninety-five (95%) percent occupancy
so that at all times  after the base  period  the  utility  and  energy  cost or
operating  cost shall be actual  costs;  but in the event less than  ninety-five
(95%)  percent of the building is occupied  during all or part of the Lease year
involved,  the utility and energy cost and operating cost shall not be less than
that  which  would  have been  incurred  had  ninety-five  (95%)  percent of the
building been occupied. The aforesaid adjustment shall only be made with respect
to those items that are in fact affected by variation in occupancy levels.

         24. Lessee's Estoppel. Lessee shall from time to time, on not less than
ten (10) days' prior written request by Lessor, execute, acknowledge and deliver
to Lessor a written  statement  certifying  that the Lease is unmodified  and in
full force and effect, or that the Lease is in full force and effect as modified
and listing the  instruments of  modification;  the dates to which the rents and
charges have been paid;  and to the best of Lessee's  knowledge,  whether or not
Lessor is in default hereunder,  and if so, specifying the nature of the default
and any such other reasonable  information as Lessor may request. It is intended
that any such statement delivered pursuant to this paragraph may be relied on by
a prospective  purchaser of Lessor's  interest or mortgagee of Lessor's interest
or assignee of any mortgage of Lessor's interest.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         25. Holdover Tenancy.  If Lessee holds possession of the premises after
the terms of this Lease,  Lessee shall become a tenant from month to month under
the provisions  herein  provided,  but at a monthly basic rental as provided for
pursuant to N.J.S.A. 2A:42-6 and without the requirement for demand or notice by
Lessor  to  Lessee  demanding  delivery  of  possession  of said  premises  (but
additional  rent shall  continue as provided in this Lease),  which sum shall be
payable  in  advance  on the first day of each  month,  and such  tenancy  shall
continue until terminated by Lessor, or until Lessee shall have given to Lessor,
at least sixty (60) days prior to the intended  date of  termination,  a written
notice of intent to terminate such tenancy, which termination date must be as of
the end of a calendar month.

         26.  Right  to  Show  Premises.   Lessor  may  shown  the  premises  to
prospective  purchasers and  mortgagees;  and during the six (6) months prior to
termination  of this Lease,  to  prospective  tenants  during  business hours on
reasonable notice to Lessee.


         27.  Lessor's  Work;  Condition of the  Premises.  This Section is left
intentionally blank.

         28.  Waiver of Trial by Jury. To the extent such waiver is permitted by
law,  the  parties  waive trial by jury in any action or  proceeding  brought in
connection with this Lease or the premises.

         29.   Late   Charge.   Anything   in  this   Lease   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  at Lessor's  option,  Lessee shall pay a "late charge" of four
(4%) percent of any installment of fixed basic rent or additional rent paid more
then ten (10)  days  after  the due date  thereof  to cover  the  extra  expense
involved in handling  delinquent  payments,  said "late charge" to be considered
additional  rent.  The amount of the late  charge to be paid by Lessee  shall be
reassessed and added to Lessee's  obligations for such successive monthly period
until paid.

         30.      Lessee's Insurance.
                  (a) Lessee  covenants to provide on or before the commencement
date a comprehensive  policy of general liability  insurance naming Lessor as an
additional  named  insured,  insuring  Lessee and Lessor  against any  liability
commonly  insured  against and occasioned by accident  resulting from any act or
omission on or about the premises and any appurtenances  thereto. Such policy is
to be written by an insurance  company  qualified to do business in the State of
New Jersey  reasonably  satisfactory to Lessor.  The policy shall be with limits
not less than One Million  ($1,000,000.00) Dollars in respect of any one person,
in respect to any one accident,  and in respect of property damage.  Said limits
shall be subject to periodic  review and Lessor  reserves  the right to increase
said  coverage  limits if, in the  reasonable  opinion of Lessor,  said coverage
becomes  inadequate  and is less than commonly  maintained by tenants in similar
buildings in the areas by tenants  making  similar  uses.  At least fifteen (15)
days prior to the  expiration or  termination  date of any policy,  Lessee shall
deliver a binder  evidencing the renewal policy with proof of the payment of the
premium therefor.

                  (b) Lessee covenants and represents, said representation being
specifically  designed to induce  Lessor to execute  this Lease,  that  Lessee's
personal property and fixtures and any other items which Lessee may bring to the
premises  which may be subject to any claim for  damages or  destruction  due to
Lessor's negligence shall be fully insured by a policy of insurance covering all
risks with only a reasonable deductible, which policy shall specifically provide
for a waiver of subrogation  for Lessor and all building  tenants without regard
to  whether or not same shall cost an  additional  premium  and  notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Lease. Should Lessee fail to maintain
said all risk  insurance  with the required  waiver of  subrogation,  or fail to
maintain the liability  insurance  naming Lessor as an additional named insured,
then Lessee shall be in default  hereunder  and shall be deemed to have breached
its covenants as set forth herein.

         31. No Other  Representations,  No representations or promises shall be
binding  on  the  parties  hereto  except  those  representations  and  promises
contained  herein or in some  future  writing  signed by the party  making  such
representation(s) or promise(s).

         32. Quiet  Enjoyment,  Lessor  covenants  that if and so long as Lessee
pays the rent,  and any  additional  rent as herein  provided,  and performs the
covenants hereof,  Lessor shall do nothing to affect Lessee's right to peaceably
and quietly  have,  hold and enjoy the premises  for the term herein  mentioned,
subject to the provisions of this Lease.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         33. Management  by Lessee,  its  subtenants,  licensees,  its or their
employees,  agents,  contractors or invitees on the demised premises,  or of any
business therein;  or any work or thing whatsoever done or any condition created
(other than by Lessor for Lessor's or Lessee's  account) in or about the demised
premises  during the term of this  Lease or during  the period of time,  if any,
prior to the  commencement  date that  Lessee may have been given  access to the
demised premises;  or (ii) arising from any negligent or otherwise  wrongful act
or  omission of Lessee or any of its  subtenants  or  licensees  or its or their
employees,  agents,  contractors  or invitees;  and (b) all costs,  expenses and
liabilities  incurred  on or in  connection  with each  such  claim or action or
proceeding brought thereon.  In case any action or proceeding be brought against
Lessor by reason of any such claim,  Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall resist
and defend such action or proceeding.

         34.  Paragraph  Headings.  The  paragraph  headings  in this  Lease and
position of its  provisions are intended for  convenience  only and shall not be
taken into  consideration in any construction or interpretation of this Lease or
any of its provisions.

         35.  Applicability  to Heirs and Assigns.  The provisions of this Lease
shall  apply to,  bind and inure to the  benefit  of Lessor and Lessee and their
respective  heirs,   successors,   legal  representatives  and  assigns.  It  is
understood  that the term "Lessor" as used in this Lease means only the owner, a
mortgagee in possession,  or a term lessee of the building, so that in the event
of any sale of the  building or of any lease  thereof,  or if a mortgagee  shall
take  possession  of the  premises,  Lessor  named herein shall be and hereby is
entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Lessor hereunder
accruing  thereafter,  and it shall be deemed without further agreement that the
purchaser,  the term lessee of the building,  or the mortgagee in possession has
assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and  obligations of Lessor
hereunder.

         36.  Parking  Spaces.  In  addition  to the nine (9)  assigned  parking
spaces,  Lessee's  occupancy of the demised  premises  shall  include the use of
those unassigned parking spaces.

         37. Lessor's Liability for Loss of Property. Lessor shall not be liable
for any loss of property  (except for a loss not covered by insurance)  from any
cause  whatsoever,  including  but not  limited  to theft or  burglary  from the
demised premises,  and any such loss arising from the negligence of Lessor,  its
agents,  servants or  invitees,  or from  defects,  errors or  omissions  in the
construction or design of the demised premises and/or the building including the
structural and non-structural  portions thereof, and Lessee covenants and agrees
to make no claim for any such loss at any time.

         38. Partial  Invalidity.  If any of the provisions of this Lease or the
application  thereof  to any  person  or  circumstances  shall to any  extent be
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such
provision or provisions to persons or circumstances  other than those as to whom
or which it is held invalid or unenforceable  shall not be affected thereby,  so
long as Lessee's  ability to conduct its business in the manner  contemplated is
not materially  affected,  and every  provision of this Lease shall be valid and
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         39.      Broker. None.

         40.  Personal  Liability.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary
provided  in  this  Lease,  except  as  provided  for  in  Paragraph  61,  it is
specifically  understood and agreed such agreement being a primary consideration
for the  execution  of this Lease by Lessor  and  Lessee,  that  there  shall be
absolutely  no  personal  liability  on  the  part  of  Lessor  or  Lessee,  its
constituent  members  (to  include  but not be limited to  officers,  directors,
partners and trustees), their respective successors, assigns or any mortgagee in
possession  (for the  purposes of this  paragraph,  collectively  referred to as
"Lessor"  or  "Lessee"),  with  respect  to  any  of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of this Lease,  and that  Lessee  shall look solely to the equity of
Lessor in the building for the  satisfaction  of each and every remedy of Lessee
in the  event  of any  breach  by  Lessor  of any of the  terms,  covenants  and
conditions  of this  Lease  to be  performed  by  Lessor,  such  exculpation  of
liability to be absolute and without any exceptions  whatsoever and Lessor shall
look solely to the equity of Lessee in his  business  conducted  at the premises
for the  satisfaction  of each and  every  remedy  of Lessor in the event of any
breach by Lessee of any of the terms,  covenants and  conditions of the Lease to
be performed by Lessee, such exculpation of liability to be absolute and without
any exceptions whatsoever.

         41. No Option.  The submission of this Lease  agreement for examination
does not constitute a reservation of or option for the premises,  and this Lease
agreement  becomes  effective  as a Lease  agreement  only  upon  execution  and
delivery thereof by Lessor and Lessee.

                                       11
<PAGE>

         42.      Definitions.
                  (a) "Affiliate"  shall mean any corporation  related to Lessee
as a parent,  subsidiary or brother/sister  corporation so that such corporation
and such  party  or such  corporation  and such  party  and  other  corporations
constitute a controlled  group as determined  under Section 1563 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, as amended,  and as elaborated by the Treasury Regulations
promulgated  thereunder  or any business  entity in which Lessee has more than a
fifty (50%) percent interest.

                  (b)  "Building  Hours" as used in this  Lease  shall be Monday
through  Friday,  8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.,  and Saturdays  from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00
p.m.,  excluding  those  holidays as set forth on Exhibit E attached  hereto and
made a part hereof,  except that common facilities  lighting in the building and
office  building  area  shall be  maintained  for such  additional  hours as, in
Lessor's sole judgment,  is necessary or desirable to insure proper operation of
the building and office building area.

                           At any time other than Business Hours,  Landlord
shall provide Tenant,  after-hours air conditioning,  ventilation or heating, as
the case may be, for which  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  as  additional  rent
hereunder,  a sum  equal to  $30.00  per  hour,  that  being  intended  to cover
Landlord's cost for the power or fuel required to provide the same. In the event
that during the term of this Lease, or any renewal  hereof,  the Landlord's cost
for providing  after-hours  heating or air conditioning shall increase by virtue
of utility rate increases or fuel cost increase,  the above hourly rate shall be
adapted, from time to time, to reflect such increases.
                           Tenant  shall  access  after-hours  air
conditioning, ventilation, or heating by an electronic key system located within
its space which shall record the hours for which  Tenant is  utilizing  heat and
air conditioning beyond normal business hours.
                  (c) "Common  facilities"  shall mean the non-assigned  parking
areas; lobby; elevator(s);  fire stairs' public hallways' public lavatories' all
other  general  building  facilities  that  service all  building  tenants;  air
conditioning rooms; fan rooms; janitorial closets, electrical closets; telephone
closets;  elevator shafts and machine rooms;  flues;  stacks;  pipe shafts;  and
vertical  ducts  with  their  enclosing  walls.  Lessor  may at any  time  close
temporarily  any of the common  facilities to make repairs or changes therein or
to effect construction, repairs or changes within the building, or to discourage
non-tenant  parking,  and may do such other acts in and to the common facilities
as in its judgment may be desirable to improve the convenience thereof.

                  (d) "Force  majeure"" shall mean and include those  situations
beyond  Lessor's  control,  including  by  way  of  example  and  not  by way of
limitation,  acts of God;  accidents;  repairs;  strikes;  shortages  of  labor;
supplies or materials;  inclement weather;  or where applicable,  the passage of
time while waiting for an adjustment of insurance proceeds.

                  (e)  "Lessee's   Percentage,"  as  defined  in  the  preamble,
reflects  the  ratio of the  gross  square  feet of the area  rented  to  Lessee
(including  an allocable  share of all common  facilities)  as compared with the
total number of gross square feet of the entire building  measured  outside wall
to outside wall but excluding therefrom any storage areas. Lessor shall have the
right to make changes or revisions in the common  facilities  of the building so
as to provide additional leasing area.  However,  if any service provided for in
paragraph 23 (a) or any utility  provided for in paragraph  23(b) is  separately
billed or separately  metered  within the building,  then the square  footage so
billed or metered shall be subtracted from the denominator (the building's total
number of gross square feet),  and Lessee's  percentage  for such service and/or
utility shall be separately  computed and the base costs for such item shall not
include any charges attributable to said square footage. Lessee understands that
as a result of changes in the layout of the common  facilities from time to time
occurring  due  to,  by way of  example  and  not  by  way  of  limitation,  the
rearrangement of corridors,  the aggregate of all building tenant  proportionate
shares may be equal to, less than, or greater than one hundred (100%) percent.

                                       12
<PAGE>
         43.      Lease Commencement.  This Section left intentionally blank.

         44.  Notices.  Any  notice  by either  party to the  other  shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly give only if delivered  personally
or sent by registered mail or certified mail in a postpaid  envelope  addressed,
if to Lessee, at the above-described building; if to Lessor, at Lessor's address
as set forth  above,  with a copy to Law Office of Lawrence  Seidman,  100 Misty
Lane,  Parsippany,  NJ 07054 or to either  of such  other  address  as Lessee or
Lessor,  respectively,  may designate in writing. Notice shall be deemed to have
been duly given if delivered  personally on delivery thereof, and if mailed upon
the fifth (5th) day after the mailing thereof.

         45. Accord and Satisfaction.  No payment by Lessee or receipt by Lessor
or a lesser amount than the rent and additional  charges payable hereunder shall
be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest stipulated basic
rent and additional rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or
any letter  accompanying  any check or payment for rent or additional rent to be
deemed an accord and  satisfaction,  and Lessor may accept such check or payment
without  prejudice to Lessor's  right to recover the balance of such fixed basic
rent and additional rent or pursue any other remedy provided herein or by law.

         46.  Effect of Waivers.  No failure by Lessor to insist upon the strict
performance of any covenant,  agreement,  term or condition of this Lease, or to
exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, and no acceptance
of full or  partial  rent  during  the  continuance  of any  such  breach  shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or of such covenant,  agreement,  term or
condition.  No  consent or waiver,  express or  implied,  by Lessor to or of any
breach of any  covenant,  condition  or duty of Lessee  shall be  construed as a
consent or waiver to or of any other  breach of the same or any other  covenant,
condition or duty unless in writing signed by Lessor.

         47. Lease Condition. This Section left intentionally blank.

         48.  Mortgagee's  Notice and Opportunity to Cure. Lessee agrees to give
any mortgagees, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default service upon
Lessor;  provided that prior to such notice, Lessee has been notified in writing
(by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases or otherwise) of the address
of such  mortgagees v. Lessee further agrees that if Lessor shall have failed to
cure  such  default  within  the  time  provided  for in this  Lease,  then  the
mortgagees vshall have any additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such
default;  or if such  default  cannot  be cured  within  that  time,  then  such
additional  time as may be  necessary,  if  within  such  thirty  (30)  days any
mortgagee has commenced  and is  diligently  pursuing the remedies  necessary to
cure such default  (including  but not limited to  commencement  of  foreclosure
proceedings  if necessary to effect such cure),  in which event this Lease shall
not be terminated  while such remedies are being so  diligently  pursued.  It is
specifically  understood that said mortgagee has the right to cure said default,
but is not obligated to do so.

         49. Lessor's  Reserved Right.  Lessor and Lessee  acknowledge  that the
premises are in a building  which is not open to the general  public.  Access to
the building is  restricted  to Lessor,  Lessee,  their  agents,  employees  and
contractors  and to their  invited  visitors.  In the  event of a labor  dispute
including a strike, picketing,  informal or associational activities directed at
Lessee or any other  tenant,  Lessor  reserves the right  unilaterally  to alter
Lessee's  ingress  and  egress  to the  building  or make any  other  change  in
operating conditions to restrict  pedestrian,  vehicular or delivery ingress and
egress to a particular location.

         50. Corporate Authority. If Lessee is a corporation,  Lessee represents
and warrants that this Lease and the  undersigned's  execution of this Lease has
been duly authorized and approved by the corporation's  Board of Directors.  The
undersigned officers and representatives of the corporation executing this Lease
on behalf of the corporation represent and warrant that they are officers of the
corporation  with authority to execute this Lease on behalf of the  corporation,
and within  fifteen (15) days of execution  hereof,  Lessee will provide  Lessor
with a corporate resolution confirming the aforesaid.

         51. Environmental  Liability.  Tenant shall not (either with or without
negligence) cause or permit the escape,  disposal or release of any biologically
or chemically active or other hazardous substances,  or materials.  Tenant shall
not allow the storage or use of such  substances  or materials in any manner not

                                       13
<PAGE>


sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the
storage and use of such  substances or  materials,  nor allow to be brought into
the building or parking area any such  materials or substances  except to use in
the ordinary course of Tenant's business,  and then only after written notice is
given to  Landlord of the  identity of such  substances  or  materials.  Without
limitation,  hazardous substances and materials shall include those described in
the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and Liability Act of
1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act, as amended,  42 U.S.C.  Section 6901 et seq., any applicable state
or local laws and the  regulations  adopted  under these acts.  If any lender or
governmental  agency shall ever  required  testing to  ascertain  whether or not
there has been release of hazardous materials, then the reasonable costs thereof
shall be reimbursed  by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as additional  charges if
such  requirement  applies to the  Premises.  In addition,  Tenant shall execute
affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at Landlord's request
concerning  Tenant's  best  knowledge  and  belief  regarding  the  presence  of
hazardous substances or materials on the Premises.  In all events,  Tenant shall
indemnify  Landlord  in the  manner  elsewhere  provided  in this lease from any
release of  hazardous  materials on the  Premises  occurring  while Tenant is in
possession, or elsewhere if caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant. The
within  covenants  shall survive the  expiration or earlier  termination  of the
lease term. Lessor shall provide Lessee with any written  environmental  reports
Lessor conducts with respect to the property and premises.
         52.      Relocation
                  This Section is left intentionally blank.

         53.      Three   Month   Free  Rent   Period   This   Section  is  left
                  intentionally blank.

         54.      Signage
                  Lessee shall be permitted,  at its expense, to place a sign on
the building or on the ground equal to the size of its present sign.

         55.      Gutting
                  This Section is left intentionally blank.

         56.      Option Period
                  Lessee shall give Lessor  notice of its  intention to exercise
each option  period six (6) months  prior to the  respective  lease  termination
date.  If Lessee  fails to give said notice,  Lessee shall  forfeit its right to
excercise any renewal option. Time is of the essence with respect to the renewal
notice.  The fixed basic rent for the first five (5) year option shall be $16.20
per square foot and the base year for  calculating  the addtional  rent expenses
shall remain the 1998 calendar  year. The fixed basic rent for the second option
period  shall be 19.44 per  square  foot and the base year for  calculating  the
additional rent expenses shall remain the 1998 calendar year. If Lessee does not
exercise the first option  period,  Lessee loses the right to the second  option
period. In order to exercise any renewal option Lessee must not be in default of
any covenants of the lease and all basic fixed rent and additional  rent must be
paid current.

         57.      Redecorating Allowance
                  Lessor shall provide  Lessee with a Five Thousand  ($5,000,00)
Dollars redecorating  allowance five (5) years from the commencement date and at
the time Lessee exercises each renewal option.

         58.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained herein,  this Lease shall not
become effective until the closing of the  $2,700,000.00  first mortgage between
Greenberg Propery, L.L.C. and Providian Capital Management Real Estate Services,
Inc.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have hereunto set their hands
and seals the day and year first above written.

WITNESS:                   GREENBERG PROPERTY, L.L.C.

/s/ George Greenberg           /s/ Richard Greenberg
______________________    By: __________________________________________

                               Richard Greenberg, President

ATTEST:
                          ENVIRONMENTAL WASTE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES, INC.

/s/ George Greenberg          /s/ Arthur Rosenbaum
______________________    By:____________________________________________
           , Secretary        Arthur Rosenbaum, Executive Vice President
                                       14

<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B
                              RULES AND REGULATIONS


         1. Lessee shall not obstruct or permit its employees, agents, servants,
invitees or licensees to obstruct, in any way, elevators of the Building, or use
the same in any way other than as a means of passage to and from the  offices of
Lessee;  bring in, store,  test or use any materials in the Building which could
cause a fire or an explosion  or produce any fumes or vapor;  make or permit any
improper noises in the Building;  smoke in any elevator; throw substances of any
kind out of windows or doors,  or down the passages of the  Building,  or in the
halls or  passageways;  sit on or place anything upon the window sills; or clean
the windows.

         2. Water  closets and urinals  shall not be used for any purpose  other
than those for which they were constructed,  and no sweepings,  rubbish,  ashes,
newspaper of any kind shall be thrown into them.  Waste and excessive or unusual
use of electricity or water is prohibited.

         3. The  windows,  doors,  partitions  and lights that  reflect or admit
light into the halls or other places of the Building shall not be obstructed. NO
SIGNS,  ADVERTISEMENTS  OR  NOTICES  SHALL BE  INSCRIBED,  PAINTED,  AFFIXED  OR
DISPLAYED IN, ON UPON OR BEHIND ANY WINDOWS, except as may be required by law or
agreed  upon by the  parties;  and no sign,  advertisement  or  notice  shall be
inscribed,  painted or affixed  on any  doors,  partitions  or other part of the
inside of the  Building,  without the prior consent of Lessor If such consent be
given by Lessor,  any such sign,  advertisement,  or notice shall be  inscribed,
painted or affixed by Lessor,  or a company approved by Lessor,  but the cost of
the same shall be charged to and be paid by Lessee, and Lessee agrees to pay the
same promptly, on demand.

         4. No  contract  of any kind in  excess of  $2,500  per annum  with any
supplier of towels, water, ice toilet articles, waxing, rug shampooing, venetian
blind  washing,  furniture  polishing,  lamp  servicing,  cleaning of electrical
fixtures,  removal of waste  paper,  rubbish or garbage,  or other like  service
shall be entered into by Lessee, v without the prior written consent of Lessor.

         5.  Except as  provided  on Exhibit A attached  hereto,  when  electric
wiring of any kind is introduced it must be connected as directed by Lessor, and
no stringing or cutting of wires will be allowed,  except with the prior written
consent of Lessor, and shall be done only by contractors approved by Lessor. The
number and location of telephones,  telegraph instruments,  electric appliances,
call  boxes,  etc.,  shall be  approved  by  Lessor.  No Lessee  shall lay floor
covering  so that the same  shall be in  direct  contact  with the  floor of the
Premises; and if floor covering is desired to be used, an interline of builder's
deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor by a paste or other material,
the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

         6.  Lessor  shall  have the right to  prescribe  the  weight,  size and
position of all safes and other bulky or heavy equipment and all freight brought
into the  Building by any Lessee;  and the time of moving the same in and out of
the  Building.  All such moving shall be done under the  supervision  of Lessor.
Lessor will not be  responsible  for loss of or damage to any such  equipment or
freight  from any  cause;  but all  damage  done to the  Building  by  moving or
maintaining  any such  equipment or freight  shall be repaired at the expense of
Lessee.  Lessor reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the
Building  and to exclude from the  Building  all freight  which  violates any of
these Rules and  Regulations  or the Lease of which these Rules and  Regulations
are a part.  Lessee shall not place a load upon any floor of the  Premises  that
exceeds the floor load per square foot that such floor was designed to carry and
which is allowed by certificate, rule, regulation, permit or law. Subject to the
terms of the preceding  sentence,  if Lessee wishes to place any safes or vaults
in the  premises,  it may do so at its own  expense,  provided  the  floor  load
capacity is, in Lessor's  judgment,  sufficient and Lessor reserves the right to
prescribe their weight and position.

         7. No machinery of any kind or articles of unusual  weight or size will
be  allowed  in the  Building,  without  the prior  written  consent  of Lessor.
Business  machines and  mechanical  equipment  shall be placed and maintained by
Lessee, at Lessee's expense,  in setting  sufficient,  in Lessor's judgment,  to
absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance to other Lessees.

         8. No additional lock or locks shall be placed by Lessee on any door in
the  Building,  without  the prior  written  consent  of  Lessor.  Two keys will
initially be furnished to Lessee by Lessor; two additional keys will be supplied
to Lessee by Lessor, upon request, without charge; any additional keys requested
by Lessee shall be paid for by Lessee.  Lessee,  it agents and employees,  shall
not have any  duplicate  keys made and shall not  change  any lock.  All keys to
doors and  washrooms  shall be returned  to Lessor on or before the  Termination
Date, and, in the event of a loss of any keys furnished, Lessee shall pay Lessor
the cost thereof.

                                       15
<PAGE>

         9.  Lessee  shall not employ any  persons or persons for the purpose of
cleaning the Premises, without the prior written consent of Lessor. Lessor shall
not be responsible to Lessee for any loss of property from the Premises  however
occurring,  or for any damage done to the effects of Lessee by such  janitors or
any of its employees, or by any other person or any other cause.

         10. No bicycles,  vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into
or kept in or about the Premises.

         11.  The   requirements  of  Lessee  will  be  attended  to  only  upon
application  at the office of Lessor.  Employees or Lessor shall not perform any
work for Lessee or do anything  outside of their  regular  duties,  unless under
special instructions from Lessor.

         12. The  Premises  shall not be used for lodging or sleeping  purposes,
and cooking therein prohibited.

         13.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  or permit any other person to conduct,
any auction upon the Premises;  manufacture of store goods, wares or merchandise
upon the  Premises,  without the prior  written  approval of Lessor,  except the
storage of usual  supplies and  inventory to be used by Lessee in the conduct of
its  business;  permit the  Premises to be used for  gambling;  make any unusual
noises in the  Building;  permit  to be played  any  musical  instrument  in the
Premises; permit to be played any radio, television,  recorded or wired music in
such a loud manner as to disturb or annoy other  Lessees;  or permit any unusual
odors to be produced upon the Premises.

         14.  Between 7:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. on weekdays,  before 8:00 A.M. and
after 1:00 P.M. on  Saturdays,  and all day Sunday and  Building  Holidays,  the
Building  is closed.  Lessor  reserves  the right to exclude  from the  Building
during such periods all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed
by Lessee.  Each Lessee shall be responsible for all persons to whom such passes
are issued and shall be liable to Lessor for all acts of such persons.

         15. No awnings or other  projections  shall be  attached to the outside
walls of the Building. No curtains,  blinds, shades or screens shall be attached
to or hung in, or used in connection  with,  any window or door of the Premises,
without the prior written  consent of Lessor.  Such curtains,  blinds and shades
must be a quality, type, design, and color, and attached in a manner approved by
Lessor.

         16. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited,
and Lessee shall cooperate to prevent the same.

         17. There shall not be used in the  Premises or in the Building  either
by Lessee or by others in the  delivery or receipt of  merchandise,  supplies or
equipment,  any hand  trucks  except  those  equipped  with rubber tire and side
guards.  No  hand  trucks  will  be  allowed  in  passenger   elevators  without
appropriate padding.

         18. Each Lessee, before closing and leaving the Premises,  shall ensure
that all windows are closed and all entrance doors are locked.

         19. Lessor shall have the right to prohibit all  advertising  by Lessee
which in Lessor's  opinion tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its
desirability  as a building  for offices,  and upon written  notice from Lessor,
Lessee shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

         20. Lessor hereby  reserves to itself any and all rights not granted to
Lessee hereunder,  including, but not limited to, the following rights which are
reserved to Lessor for its purposes in operating the Building: (a) the exclusive
right to the use of the  name of the  Building  for all  purposes,  except  that
Lessee may use the name as its business  address and for no other  purpose;  (b)
the right to change the name or address of the Building,  without  incurring any
liability  to Lessee for so doing;  (c) the right to install and maintain a sign
or signs on the  exterior of the  Building;  (d) the  exclusive  right to use or
dispose of the use of the roof of the Building; (e) the right to limit the space

                                       16
<PAGE>

on the  directory  of the  Building to be  allotted to Lessee;  (f) the right to
grant to anyone the right to conduct any  particular  business or undertaking in
the Building.

         21. Lessee shall list all articles to be taken from the Building (other
than those  taken out in the usual  course of  business  of Lessee) on  Lessee's
letterhead,  or a blank which will be  furnished  by Lessor.  Such list shall be
presented at the office of the Building  for approval  before such  articles are
taken from the Building.

         22. Unless Exhibit "B" of the Lease shall designate  Parking Spaces for
Lessee's  exclusive  use,  Lessee shall have the  non-exclusive  right to use in
common with Lessor and other  Lessees of the  Building and their  employees  and
invitees  the  parking  area  provided  by Lessor for the  parking of  passenger
automobiles,  other than  parking  spaces  specifically  allocated  to others by
Lessor. Lessor may issue parking permits,  install a gate system, and impose any
other system as Lessor deems  necessary for the use of the parking area.  Lessee
agrees that it and its employees and invitees  shall not park their  automobiles
in parking spaces allocated to others by Lessor and shall comply with such rules
and  regulations  for use of the  parking  area as Lessor  may from time to time
prescribe.  Lessor  shall not be  responsible  for any damage to or theft of any
vehicle in the parking  area and shall not be required  to keep  parking  spaces
clear of  authorized  vehicles or to otherwise  supervise the use of the parking
area.  Lessor  reserves the right to change any existing or future parking area,
roads or driveways,  and may make any repairs or alterations it deems  necessary
to the parking area, roads and driveways and to temporarily revoke or modify the
parking rights granted to Lessee hereunder.

         23. Lessee shall not use the Premises or permit the Premises to be used
for the sale of food or beverages,  except for vending machines,  to be utilized
by its employees and guests.

         24.  Lessee  shall not permit any  smoking  inside the  building by its
employees, guests or licensees.

                                       17
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT C

                                 100 Misty Lane
                                   Work Letter


         Not Applicable


                                       18
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D

                       BUILDING MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS


A.       GENERAL (Five Nights Per Week)

         1. All ceramic tile and other unwaxed  flooring to be swept nightly and
washed as necessary.

         2. All composition  tile to be swept. In sweeping,  all furniture to be
moved when necessary to reach inaccessible areas.

         3. All carpeting, rugs and upholstered furniture to be vacuumed.

         4. All furniture,  fixtures,  pictures,  ledges,  chair rails and other
furniture and window sills to be hand-dusted and cleaned. All window sills to be
washed when necessary.

         5. All ash trays to be emptied and damp-wiped clean.

         6.  All  waste  receptacles  to be  emptied  and  refuse  removed  to a
designated area of the Building.

         7.  Interiors of all waste disposal cans and baskets will be kept clean
by inserting a plastic  liner in each.  Wash disposal  units and replace  liners
upon request.

         8. All water coolers to be washed.

         9. All door louvers and other  ventilating  louvers  within reach to be
hand-dusted.

         10. All telephones to be hand-dusted.

         11. All bright work to be wiped clean and polished.

         12. All  fingerprints  and smudges to be removed from painted  vertical
services whenever and wherever practicable.

         13. All stairways to be swept and dusted nightly and mopped or scrubbed
weekly.

         14. the  elevators  to be swept,  dusted,  washed  nightly and waxed as
necessary.


B.       LAVATORIES (Five Nights Per Week)

         1. All lavatory  rooms to be swept and washed  nightly with Phenolic or
Quaternary disinfectant and power machine scrubbed monthly.
         2.  All  mirrors,   shelves,  bright  work  and  enameled  surfaces  in
lavatories to be washed and polished.

         3. All basins,  bowls and urinals to be sour-washed  with a Phenolic or
Quaternary disinfectant.

         4. All toilet seats to be sour-washed and disinfected.

         5.  All  partitions,  tile  walls,  dispensers  and  receptacles  to be
hand-dusted and washed when necessary.

         6.  Landlord  to furnish  paper  towels,  toilet  paper,  hand soap and
sanitary napkins. Units should be checked and replenished daily.

         7. All paper towel receptacles to be emptied.

         8. All sanitary napkin disposal receptacles to be emptied.

         9. All wash tile and stall  surfaces to be washed and polished as often
as necessary.

                                       19

<PAGE>

C.       HIGH DUSTING

         1. All pictures,  frames,  charts, graphs and similar wall hangings not
reached in daily cleaning to be dusted at least twice per month.

         2. All vertical surfaces such as walls,  partitions,  doors,  bucks and
other  surfaces  not  reached in daily  cleaning  to be dusted at least once per
month.

         3. All pipes,  ventilating and air  conditional  louvers,  ducts,  high
molding and other high areas not reached in daily cleaning to be dusted at lease
once per month.

D.       LOBBY

         1.       Floors of entrance lobby to be swept and washed as necessary.

         2.       Lobby wall surfaces to be hand-dusted as often as necessary.



                                       20
<PAGE>




                                    EXHIBIT E

                              SCHEDULE OF HOLIDAYS


                           1.       New Year's Day

                           2.       President's Day

                           3.       Independence Day

                           4.       Labor Day

                           5.       Columbus Day

                           6.       Veteran's Day

                           7.       Thanksgiving Day

                           8.       Day after Thanksgiving

                           9.       Christmas Day

                                       21




                           REAL ESTATE SALE AGREEMENT





         THIS REAL ESTATE SALE AGREEMENT  (hereinafter  sometimes referred to as
the  "Agreement")  is made this 2nd day of February,  2000,  by and between EAST
MORRIS REALTY  ASSOCIATES,  L.L.C., a limited  liability company of the State of
New Jersey, having an address at 16 Elm Street, P. O. Box 1656, Morristown,  New
Jersey 07960 ("Seller") and INTEGRATED ANALYTICAL  LABORATORIES,  LLC, a limited
liability  company  of New  Jersey,  having an  address  at 273  Franklin  Road,
Randolph, New Jersey 07869 ("Buyer").


                                    RECITALS


1.       Seller  is the  owner of all ten  (10)  units  and  100% of all  common
         elements in an industrial  condominium  known as "Millbrook  Industrial
         Park  Condominium"  created by that certain Master Deed dated September
         12, 1986 and recorded on December 24, 1986 in the Morris County Clerk's
         office in Book 2911 of Deeds at page 122 etc.  The  building  and units
         are utilized by five (5) tenants for the following uses:

         a)       Units 1 and 2, J&M Carpet Express for a showroom and warehouse
                  for  carpeting and flooring,  including  offices,  storage and
                  shipping.

         b)       Unit 3, Philip Morris for general warehousing and office for
                  sale of cigarettes.

         c)       Unit 4, Applied Nutrition for a supply,  storage and repair
                  facility and office for computer business.

         d)       Unit  5,  Internetwork  Services  for  supply,  storage  and
                  repair facility and office for computer business.

         e)       Units 6-10, Integrated Analytical  Laboratories for management
                  and  consulting   services  in  the  environmental  field  and
                  environmental testing laboratory.


<PAGE>


         The real estate is  described  in Exhibit I attached  hereto.  The real
         estate shall hereafter be referred to as the Property.

2.       Seller,  for and in  consideration of the purchase price as adjusted as
         hereinafter  provided,  to be paid as  stipulated  herein,  and also in
         consideration of the terms, covenants and agreements to be performed by
         Buyer as set forth herein, agrees to convey the Property to Buyer, free
         from all encumbrances except as otherwise specifically  hereinafter set
         forth, by bargain and sale deed with covenants  against  grantor's acts
         on the date herein fixed for closing of title to the Property.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of the mutual
covenants and agreements  hereinafter  set forth,  the parties  hereto  mutually
covenant and agree as follows:


1.       DEFINITIONS

         The  following  terms,  when  capitalized,  shall  have  the  following
         meanings:

         "Agreement" - means, when fully executed by Seller and Buyer, this Real
         Estate Sale Agreement.

         "Agreement Date", "date of this Agreement", and words of similar import
         - means the date upon which all parties to this Agreement have received
         fully executed copies of this Agreement.

         "Buyer" - means Integrated Analytical  Laboratories,  LLC, a New Jersey
         limited liability company.

         "Buyer's Attorney" - means Lawrence B. Seidman, Esq., P. O. Box 5430,
         Parsippany, New Jersey 07054.

         "Closing" - means the  delivery of the deed to the  Property  and other
         required  documents  of  conveyance  by the Seller to the Buyer and the
         simultaneous payment of the Purchase Price to Seller, all in accordance
         with this Agreement.

         "Closing  Date" - means the date and time  specified  in Section 8.1 of
         this  Agreement  on which  Seller  shall  convey  title to the Property
         pursuant to this Agreement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         "Deposit - means the monies payable by Buyer  together with interest on
          account of this  Agreement  pursuant to Sections 3 and 5.

         "Due  Diligence" - means the process  whereby the Buyer shall undertake
         an investigation  and review as to the feasibility and  appropriateness
         of the Property for their  intended use within the context of the terms
         of this Agreement.

         "Industrial  Site  Recovery  Act"  -  means  N.J.S.A.   13:1K-6,  et
         seq.,  the regulations   promulgated   thereunder,   and  any
         successor   legislation   or regulations.

         "NJDEP" - means the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection.

         "Property" - means the lands and building described on Exhibit I.

         "Purchase  Price" - means ONE MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY  THOUSAND AND
         NO/100  DOLLARS  ($1,850,000.00),  as  same  may  be  adjusted  and  as
         hereinafter provided.

         "Seller's  Attorney" - means  Dillon,  Bitar & Luther,  53 Maple
         Avenue,  P. O. Box 398,  Morristown,  New Jersey  07963-0398,
         Attention:  Garth F. Weber.

         "Termination  Notice" - means a  written  instrument  terminating  this
         Agreement in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement and which has
         been provided in conformity with Section 6.2 of this Agreement.

2.       SALE AND PUCHASE OF THE PROPERTY

         Seller  hereby  agrees to sell and  convey  to Buyer  and Buyer  hereby
         agrees to  purchase  from  Seller,  upon the terms and  subject  to the
         conditions  hereinafter set forth,  good and marketable title, free and
         clear of any liens or encumbrances in and to the Property  insurable by
         a reputable  title  insurance  company doing  business in New Jersey at
         regular rates and in accordance  with this Agreement  together with the
         following:

                                       3
<PAGE>

         (a)      all the rights and  appurtenances  pertaining to the Property,
                  including  any right,  title and  interest of Seller in and to
                  adjacent streets,  roads, alleys and rights-of-ways  presently
                  existing  or created in the  future,  including  the  existing
                  Leaseholds; and

         (b)      such other  rights and  interest as may be  specified  in this
                  Agreement  to be sold,  transferred,  assigned  or conveyed by
                  Seller to Buyer.

         (c)      None of the  exceptions  above set forth shall prevent the use
                  of the premises as currently used and specified in paragraph 1
                  of the recitals.

3.       PURCHASE PRICE AND MANNER OF PAYMENT

         Purchase  Price:  The Purchase Price (as may be adjusted as hereinafteR
         provided) shall be paid by the Buyer to the Seller in the following
         manner:

         Upon signing of this Agreement                       92,500.00

         By Buyer obtaining a mortgage as
         hereinafter provided in Paragraph 4               1,387,500.00

         Balance to be paid at closing by
         certified or bank cashier's check                   370,000.00
                                                          -------------

                                               Total      $1,850,000.00

4.       MORTGAGE CONTINGENCY

         Buyer's   obligation  to  consummate  this  Agreement  is  specifically
         contingent upon Buyer obtaining a mortgage  commitment from a reputable
         financial  institution in the principal amount of  $1,387,500.00  based
         upon an interest  rate no greater  than 8-1/2% per annum with a minimum
         term of ten  (10)  years  based  on a  twenty  (20)  year  amortization
         schedule.  The  said  mortgage  commitment  is  to be  obtained  within
         forty-five (45) days from the date of this  Agreement,  the application
         for such  mortgage  the Buyer  agrees  to make  without  delay.  If the
         mortgage  commitment has not been received  within said forty-five (45)
         day period,  then either party shall have the right to  terminate  this
         Agreement  by notice  to the other in  writing,  and the  Seller  shall
                                        4
<PAGE>


         return to the Buyer all deposit monies paid by Buyer and this Agreement
         shall be declared  null and void  without any further  right,  claim or
         demand of either  party  against  the other for any  damages  or claims
         arising directly or indirectly therefrom.

         Seller  acknowledges  that in order for Buyer to obtain a mortgage  and
         close title, the  requirements,  which shall be at the cost and expense
         of Buyer, may include the following:

                  a.       procurement of a Phase I Environmental Audit

                  b.       procurement of tenant estoppel letters and
                           subordination, non-disturbance and attornment
                           agreements

                  c.       structural inspection by an engineer

                  d.       survey

                  e.       internal review of the leases

         Seller agrees to cooperate with the Buyer to furnish the necessary data
for processing Buyer's mortgage application.

5.       DEPOSIT MONIES

         All deposit  monies will be held in trust by Dillon,  Bitar & Luther in
         an interest-bearing account until closing of title. All interest earned
         on the account shall be divided equally between the parties at closing.
         Seller's  Tax   Identification   Number  is  22-2627664.   Buyer's  Tax
         Identification Number is 22-3498363.  If closing does not occur through
         no fault of the Buyer,  all deposit  monies  together with the interest
         earned thereon will be returned to the Buyer.

6.       CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

         6.1      The obligations of Buyer  hereunder  (including its obligation
                  to  close  the   transaction   and   consummate  the  purchase
                  contemplated  hereby) are subject to the conditions  precedent
                  set  forth in this  Section  Six  (any or all of which  may be
                  waived by Buyer by an instrument in writing  making  reference

                                        5
<PAGE>

                  to this  Section Six or other  applicable  provisions  of this
                  Agreement).  If any of the conditions  precedent  cannot be or
                  are  not  satisfied,   Buyer  or  Seller  may  terminate  this
                  Agreement in accordance with its terms and Buyer shall receive
                  the return of its deposit monies, unless Buyer is the cause of
                  the failure to satisfy the conditions precedent, in which case
                  Buyer  agrees  that the  Deposit  shall be paid to  Seller  as
                  liquidated damages.

                  a.       Status  Quo  of  the  Property.   Seller  shall  not,
                           directly or indirectly, undertake any construction or
                           other work (except for  necessary  repairs)  upon the
                           Property  except  such work as Seller is  directed to
                           undertake   by   any   governmental   agency   having
                           jurisdiction   over  the  Property,   or  any  action
                           required to satisfy  any  condition  of any  approval
                           obtained  by Seller  with  respect  to the  Property.
                           Seller  shall  not  enter  into  any new  leases,  or
                           modify,  amend,  or  terminate  any  existing  leases
                           without Buyer's consent which may be withheld for any
                           reason or no reason.

                  b.       Zoning.  Buyer shall have confirmed that the Property
                           either lies in a zoning district that permits the use
                           of the Property as currently used, or that these uses
                           exist as prior, non-conforming permitted uses.

                  c.       Title Requirements. Buyer shall have satisfied itself
                           within  sixty  (60) days from the  execution  of this
                           Agreement that the  requirements of Section 7 of this
                           Agreement are satisfied.

                  d.       ISRA.   Seller   shall   have   complied   with   the
                           requirements  of  Section  11 of  this  Agreement  in
                           compliance with the Industrial Site Recovery Act.

                  e.       Due Diligence.  During the period  beginning with the
                           date hereof  first above  written,  and ending on the
                           date  thirty  (30)  days from the date  hereof,  (the
                           "Feasibility  period Date"),  Buyer shall, at Buyer's

                                        6
<PAGE>
                           sole cost and expense,  conduct its own due diligence
                           investigation  into the  condition  of the  Premises,
                           including  but not  limited  to, the roof,  building,
                           structure,  HVAC,  electrical,   plumbing,  financial
                           records and the leases  existing in  connection  with
                           the Premises.

                           In  the  event  Buyer  determines,  in its  sole  and
                           absolute  discretion,   that  any  of  the  foregoing
                           conditions are not satisfactory,  or Buyer determines
                           for any  other  reason  that it does  not  desire  to
                           complete  the purchase of the  Premises,  Buyer shall
                           notify  Sellers  in  writing  of  that  determination
                           within the ten (10) days after the  expiration of the
                           Feasibility Period Date. Upon such notification, this
                           Agreement  shall terminate and be of no further force
                           and  affect,  neither  party  shall  hereto  have any
                           further  liability  to the  other,  and  Buyer  shall
                           receive  a refund  of the  Deposit  and any  interest
                           thereon (as defined in Section 5 hereof).

         6.2      Termination.  If any of the conditions  precedent set forth in
                  Section  6.1 are not  satisfied  within  the time  frames  set
                  forth,  this Agreement may be terminated by Buyer delivering a
                  Termination Notice to Seller,  which Notice shall be effective
                  upon  delivery.  In the event this  Agreement is terminated in
                  accordance  with  the  terms of this  Subsection  6.2 then the
                  Deposit,  and all interest earned  thereon,  shall be promptly
                  returned to Buyer.  The period in which  Buyer must  terminate
                  the  Agreement  pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall end at 5:00
                  P.M. on the forty-fifth  (45th) day following receipt by Buyer
                  of a fully executed Agreement.

7.       TITLE REQUIREMENTS; TITLE EVIDENCE

         7.1      Type of Deed;  Exceptions  to  Title.  The  Property  shall be
                  conveyed  to Buyer by Seller at Closing by a bargain  and sale
                  deed  with  covenants  against  grantor's  acts  free  of  all
                  encumbrances,  covenants,  restrictions,  easement agreements,
                  rights-of-way,  and liens of any kind  whatsoever,  except (a)
                  all utility  easements on that  portion of the Property  which

                                       7
<PAGE>


                  fronts upon a public road; (b) restrictions of record provided
                  (i)  they  would  not  prohibit  the  use of the  Property  as
                  currently used for  manufacturing,  storage or light assembly;
                  (ii) they have not been  violated  prior to Closing  and (iii)
                  violation  would not  result in  forfeiture  or  reversion  of
                  title;  and (c) such facts as an  accurate  survey may reveal,
                  provided  such  facts do not  render  title  unmarketable  nor
                  prevent the use of the  premises as presently  used.  The Deed
                  shall  contain  a  description  in  accordance  with a  survey
                  prepared on behalf of the Buyer,  at the Buyer's sole cost and
                  expense.

         7.2      Title Search.  Buyer shall apply for a report of title ("Title
                  Insurance  Binder")  from a  title  insurance  company  of its
                  selection  ("Title  Company")  authorized  and  licensed to do
                  business in the State of New Jersey,  promptly upon  execution
                  of this  Agreement  and  shall  pursue  delivery  of the Title
                  Insurance Binder from the Title Company to Seller's  Attorney.
                  Upon receipt of the Title Insurance Binder (and amendments and
                  endorsements to same),  Buyer shall give Seller written notice
                  within  sixty  (60)  days of the  date of  this  Agreement  of
                  defects or exceptions in title requiring  correction,  and the
                  requirements  of the  Title  Company  for  correction  of such
                  defects.  In  the  event  a  defect  or  exception  cannot  be
                  corrected  within  thirty  (30) days of  Seller's  receipt  of
                  Buyer's  notice,  or Seller shall be unwilling to correct such
                  defect or exception, either party may terminate this Agreement
                  upon delivery of a Termination Notice to the other party. Upon
                  termination of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph,  the
                  Deposit shall be immediately  returned to Buyer and the rights
                  and  obligations  of the  Buyer  and  Seller  hereunder  shall
                  terminate. Notwithstanding the right of either party hereto to
                  terminate   this   Agreement,   Buyer  shall  have  the  right
                  nonetheless  to proceed to Closing  without  reference to such
                  title  defect or  exception  and without an  abatement  in the
                  Purchase Price as a result of such defect or exception.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         7.3      Leases. Title shall be conveyed subject to the Leases attached
                  hereto as Exhibit II. At closing  Seller shall assign to Buyer
                  any and all  security  deposits  which  Seller is holding  and
                  shall furnish letters of attornment to each tenant.

8.       CLOSING OF TITLE

         8.1      Date and  Place of  closing.  Buyer and  Seller  agree to make
                  March 15, 2000 the  estimated  date for  closing.  The closing
                  shall take place at Buyer's attorney's office, as long as same
                  is located in northern New Jersey.

                  In the event Seller is awaiting  evidence of  compliance  with
                  ISRA  pursuant to Section 11 of this  Agreement,  or is in the
                  process  of  complying  with its other  obligations  under the
                  Agreement,  the closing shall take place within  fourteen (14)
                  days of  receipt  of  evidence  of  satisfaction  of any  such
                  contingencies  from Seller.  Notwith-standing  the  foregoing,
                  neither  party shall be  compelled  to close  earlier than the
                  estimated date provided herein.

         8.2      Delivery of Good and Marketable Title. At the closing,  Seller
                  shall deliver a bargain and sale deed with  covenants  against
                  grantor's  acts.  Such Property  title shall be insurable by a
                  title insurance  company licensed to do business in New Jersey
                  at ordinary rates.  At the closing,  Seller shall, in addition
                  to the deed and other documents referred to in this Agreement,
                  furnish  to Buyer an  affidavit  of  title  in usual  form,  a
                  resolution,  and such  other  documents  as may be  reasonably
                  required  or   necessary   to  deliver  and  convey  good  and
                  marketable  title to Buyer in accordance  with this Agreement,
                  or as may be  reasonably  required by Buyer's  Title  Company.
                  Buyer shall have the right to discharge  any  encumbrances  or
                  objections  to title  which can be  removed  by  payment  of a
                  liquidated  sum at  closing  with the  proceeds  of  sale.  At
                  closing Seller shall deliver to Buyer an assignment of any and
                  all  warranties  that  Seller  may  have  with  regard  to the
                  premises  such  as the  roof,  water  proofing,  or any  other
                  capital improvement.

                                       9
<PAGE>

         8.3      Adjustment at Closing. Taxes and municipal assessments (except
                  as otherwise  provided in this  Agreement)  shall be adjusted,
                  apportioned  and  allowed as of the  Closing  Date.  Any other
                  adjustment,   including  adjustments  for  insurance,   rents,
                  profits,  water or sewer fees, and the like,  shall be allowed
                  and  apportioned  as of the  Closing  Date.  Seller  shall  be
                  responsible for payment of the New Jersey Realty Transfer Tax.
                  In the  event any  assessment  for any  municipal  improvement
                  completed  prior to the Closing Date shall be imposed upon the
                  Property  or any  portion  thereof,  the same shall be paid in
                  full by the Seller or allowed as a credit against the Purchase
                  Price  whether  or  not  such  assessment  may be  payable  in
                  installments.  In the  event  any such  assessment  for  which
                  Seller is  responsible  is unconfirmed as of the Closing Date,
                  the Seller  shall  escrow  with the Buyer's  Title  Company an
                  amount reasonably estimated to satisfy the pending assessment.
                  In the event the assessment,  when confirmed, is less than the
                  escrowed  sum, the balance  shall be promptly  returned to the
                  Seller. In the event the assessment,  when confirmed,  is more
                  than the  escrowed  sum,  the Seller  shall  promptly  pay the
                  balance. This provision shall survive the Closing.  Seller has
                  received no notice of any assessments for public improvements.

9.       BROKERAGE FEES AND COMMISSIONS

         Each  party  represents  to the other  that no real  estate  broker was
         instrumental in negotiating this transaction.

10.      FIRPTA REPESENTATION

         Seller  represents  that it is an entity formed and existing  under the
         laws of the  State  of New  Jersey,  and  hence is not  subject  to the
         Foreign  Investment  in Real  Property  Tax Act of 1980.  Seller  shall
         deliver the  appropriate  certification  of its  non-foreign  status at
         closing.

                                       10
<PAGE>


11.  INDUSTRIAL SITE RECOVERY ACT

               A.   As a condition  precedent to Buyer's  obligation to purchase
                    the Property, Seller shall have received from the Industrial
                    Site Element or its successor  ("Element") of the NJDEP,  on
                    or  before   the   Closing,   a   non-applicability   letter
                    considering  all uses  conducted on the Property,  for which
                    Seller shall apply pursuant to the Industrial  Site Recovery
                    Act.  Seller   represents   that  its  Standard   Industrial
                    Classification Number (SIC Number) is 6512 If this condition
                    precedent  shall not have been  satisfied  on or before  the
                    ninetieth  (90th) day following the date of this  Agreement,
                    Buyer shall have the right to void this  Agreement on notice
                    to Seller,  in which event  neither party shall be under any
                    further obligation to the other, with the exception that the
                    Deposit,  together with interest, shall be promptly returned
                    to the Buyer.  Seller shall make  application for the letter
                    of  non-applicability in accordance with the Industrial Site
                    Recovery  Act  within  thirty  (30) days of the date of this
                    Agreement and shall  simultaneously  provide to Buyer a copy
                    of the application(s).

                    In the event application for a non-applicability letter
                    is  inappropriate,  Seller  shall,  within  thirty (30) days
                    after    denial   of   its   request   for   a   letter   of
                    non-applicability,   apply  for  a  de  minimis   exception,
                    negative  declaration or letter of no further action.  Buyer
                    shall have the right to terminate  the Agreement and receive
                    the return of any and all  monies  paid in  connection  with
                    this  Agreement  if  a  de  minimis  exception,  a  negative
                    declaration  or letter of no further  action is not received
                    within six (6) months of the execution of this Agreement.

               B.   Buyer  shall,  at Buyer's  sole cost and  expense,  obtain a
                    "Phase I  Environmental  Assessment"  report with respect to
                    the Premises  within thirty (30) calendar days from the date
                    of this  Agreement.  A copy of said report shall be provided
                    to Seller  within the  aforesaid  time period.  In the event
                    Buyer deems the Phase I to be  unsatisfactory in any respect
                    whatsoever,  in its sole and non-reviewable  judgment, Buyer

                                       11
<PAGE>
                    may  terminate  this  Agreement  upon ten (10)  days  notice
                    thereafter and Seller shall return the Deposit together with
                    all interest thereon to Buyer.

12.      CONDEMNATION

         If, at any time prior to Closing, all or any part of the Property shall
         be taken,  or threatened  to be taken,  in the exercise of the power of
         eminent domain by any public or private authority, then Buyer may, upon
         written  notice to the  Seller,  terminate  this  Agreement,  provided,
         however,  that in the event of a partial taking of the Property,  Buyer
         shall not be permitted to terminate  this  Agreement  unless:  (i) that
         portion  of the  Property  taken or sought to be taken  amounts to more
         than ten (10%) percent of the land  constituting the Property;  or (ii)
         any such condemnation or taking effectively restricts ingress or egress
         to the  Real  Property.  Seller  has no  notice  of  any  potential  or
         prospective condemnation proceeding.

13.      LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

         In the event that the Buyer should  default under this  Agreement,  the
         parties  agree that the damages  that  Seller will  sustain as a result
         thereof  will be  difficult,  if not  impossible,  to  ascertain;  and,
         therefore,  the parties agree that in the event of Buyer's default, the
         Seller  shall be  entitled,  as his sole  remedy  for  Buyer's  default
         hereunder,  to the deposit  together with the interest  earned thereon.
         The Buyer shall have no further liability beyond said deposit.

         LIABILITY OF SELLER

         The  liability  of the Seller  hereunder in the event of default in the
         performance of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement on the
         part of Seller to be performed  is hereby  limited to the return of the
         Deposit  to  Buyer,  with  interest,  and upon  return  to Buyer of its
         Deposit,  the liability of Seller shall wholly  cease,  and Buyer shall
         have no further  claim  against  Seller  for any  default,  breach,  or
         violation hereof; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit
         Buyer's right to obtain specific  performance of Seller's obligation to
         convey title pursuant to this Agreement.

                                       12
<PAGE>

14.      RIGHT OF ENTRY

         After execution of the Agreement,  Buyer shall have the right,  subject
         to  respective  rights of tenants,  to enter upon the  property for the
         purposes of  investigating  the  Property's  condition  and preparing a
         survey or other plans required for Buyer to consummate  the sale.  Such
         right of entry  shall  extend to Buyer's  representatives,  agents,  or
         individual  contractors which will be retained by Buyer to perform such
         activity.  Buyer  shall  indemnify  and hold Seller  harmless  from all
         claims  for  injuries  to  persons  or  damage to  property,  including
         reasonable  attorney fees, arising out of Buyer's entry, or that of its
         representatives, agents or individual contractors, as provided herein.

15.      RISK OF LOSS

         By virtue of  ownership of the premises the risk of loss shall be under
         the  Seller  until  closing  of  title.  In  the  event  of  damage  or
         destruction  to the  property  and if the cost of  restoration  thereof
         shall be  $180,000.00  or more,  then in that event  either party shall
         have the right to terminate this Agreement,  in which event all deposit
         monies and interest earned thereon shall be returned to the Buyer.

         Notwithstanding any of the above, if the Seller elects to terminate the
         contract,  Buyer shall have the right to  reinstate  the  Agreement  in
         accordance  with the terms  hereof  and  receive  the  proceeds  of the
         insurance paid on account of damage.

16.      CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, SMOKE DETECTOR, SEPTIC AND/OR WELL WATER
         CERTIFICATION

         If required by state,  county or local  regulation,  Seller  shall,  at
         Seller's own cost and expense, provide an unconditional  Certificate of
         Occupancy, and Smoke Detector Certification at closing and deliver same
         to Buyer.  Seller  shall,  at Seller's  sole cost and  expense  (not to
         exceed  $1,000.00),  effect all  necessary  repairs  and/or  other work
         necessary to obtain any such Certificate and/or Certifications.  In the
         event the cost to obtain said Certificate or Certification shall exceed

                                       13
<PAGE>


         $1,000.00,  Seller may, upon notice to Buyer,  terminate this Agreement
         and return the Deposit with  interest to Buyer,  unless Buyer elects to
         pay for the cost of such  Certifications  and/or Certificates in excess
         of $1,000.00.

17.      REPESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANT OF SELLER

         To the best of their knowledge,  information and belief,  Seller hereby
         makes the following representations,  warranties and covenants to Buyer
         which representations, warranties and covenants are true and correct as
         of the date  hereof  and  shall be true and  correct  as of the date of
         closing:

         A.       The execution  and  consummation  of this  Agreement by Seller
                  will not violate,  conflict with or constitute a default under
                  any  Agreement or other  instrument to which Seller is a party
                  or by which Seller is bound;

         B.       All documents and  instruments to be executed and delivered by
                  Seller in  connection  with  this  Agreement  will be  legally
                  enforceable, valid and binding obligations of Seller;

         C.       Seller has good and marketable  title to the Property.  Seller
                  represents that there are no encumbrances or liens against the
                  Property  except for its  mortgage  loan with  Banco  Popular.
                  Seller shall be permitted to pay-off this loan,  and any other
                  lien or  encumbrance  against the Property out of the proceeds
                  at  closing.  Seller  further  represents  that  they  will do
                  nothing to impair or encumber the Property;

         D.       To the best of Seller's  knowledge,  there are no  outstanding
                  taxes of any type due and owing on the  Property,  other  than
                  currently   real  estate  taxes.   To  the  best  of  Seller's
                  knowledge,  there are no assessments  for public  improvements
                  whether confirmed,  unconfirmed,  completed, approved, pending
                  or  under  construction  as of the  date  of  this  Agreement.
                  Notwithstanding,  and in any event,  Seller shall pay all such
                  assessments at closing;

                                       14
<PAGE>


         E.       Seller will cooperate with Buyer with regard to processing any
                  application for financing;

         F.       Seller  shall  assign  all  leases   respecting   the  various
                  tenancies  on the  Property to Buyer at closing of title.  The
                  names and  addresses of all current  tenants on the  Property,
                  and the amounts of their  monthly  rents are listed on Exhibit
                  "III"  hereto.  Seller  agrees to provide Buyer with copies of
                  all written leases with said tenants within five (5) days from
                  the date of this Agreement. Seller further represents that all
                  payments  due and owing  under the  terms of said  leases  are
                  current; and

         G.       Seller  certifies,  represents  and warrants that there are no
                  pending or  threatened  claim,  action,  complaint,  notice of
                  violation or proceeding by any governmental authority or third
                  party  respecting the Property arising out of any violation or
                  alleged violation of any environmental law.

18.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF BUYER

         Buyer,  to the best of its knowledge,  information  and belief,  hereby
         makes  the  following  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  to
         Seller,  which  representations,  warranties and covenants are true and
         correct as of the date  hereof and shall be true and  correct as of the
         date of closing:

         A.       Buyer is financially  capable of entering into and
                  consummating  the  transaction  contemplated by this Agreement
                  in accordance with the terms hereof;

         B.       The  execution and  consummation  of this  Agreement  will not
                  violate,  conflict  with,  or  constitute a default  under any
                  Agreement or other instrument to which Buyer is a party, or by
                  which Buyer is bound.  Buyer has full power and  authority  to
                  perform and consummate  this Agreement in accordance  with the
                  terms and conditions herein contained;

         C.       All documents and  instruments to be executed and delivered by
                  Buyer  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  will be  legally
                  enforceable, valid and binding obligations of Buyer; and

                                       15
<PAGE>


         D.       Except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in  this  Agreement,  Buyer
                  acknowledges  that it is  accepting  the  Property  in "as is"
                  condition.

19.      CONDEMNATION

         In the  event  condemnation  or  eminent  domain  proceedings  shall be
         commenced,  before closing,  by any governmental or  quasi-governmental
         authority having jurisdiction therefor against all or any material part
         of the Property,  Buyer may, at its option,  by giving notice to Seller
         within  ten  (10)  days  after  its  receipt  of  the  notice  of  such
         proceedings, terminate this Agreement. Seller agrees to serve a copy of
         all such notices on Buyer  within ten (10) days of Seller's  receipt of
         such notice.

         In the event of a non-material  condemnation or if Buyer does not elect
         to terminate this Agreement,  then any award in  condemnation  shall be
         assigned to Buyer at closing, or if paid to Seller prior thereto, shall
         be credited  against the unpaid  balance of the  purchase  price due at
         closing.  If Buyer  determines not to terminate this Agreement,  Seller
         shall not adjust or settle any  condemnation  awards  without the prior
         written  approval of Buyer and shall allow Buyer to  participate in all
         proceedings.

20       PERSONAL PROPERTY AND FIXTURES

         All personal  property and fixtures  belong to Seller,  if any,  unless
         otherwise  specifically  excluded  elsewhere  in  this  Agreement,  are
         included in the sale.

21.      RIGHT TO ASSIGN CONTRACT

         Buyer  shall have the right to assign  this  Contract  to any entity in
         which Buyer, or the principals of Buyer,  have a controlling  interest,
         and  as  long  as  Buyer   guarantees  the  performance  of  all  Buyer
         obligations contained in this Contract.


                                       16
<PAGE>

22.    MISCELLANEOUS

         22.1     Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and any Exhibits annexed (or
                  to be annexed) hereto embody the entire Agreement  between the
                  parties in connection with this transaction,  and there are no
                  oral or parole  agreements,  representations,  or  inducements
                  existing  between  the parties  relating  to this  transaction
                  which are not expressly  set forth herein and covered  hereby.
                  This  Agreement  may  not  be  modified  except  by a  written
                  agreement executed by all parties.

         22.2     Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
                  to  the  benefit  of  the  respective  parties  hereto,  their
                  respective  heirs,  legal   representatives,   administrators,
                  successors, and assigns.

         22.3     Waiver.  A  Waiver  by  any  party  to  this  Agreement  shall
                  constitute  a waiver only for that one  occasion and shall not
                  be deemed a  permanent  waiver of same.  If any  action by any
                  party shall require the consent or approval of another  party,
                  such  consent or  approval  on any one  occasion  shall not be
                  deemed a consent or approval  of any other  action on the same
                  or any subsequent occasion.

         22.4     Notices.  Any notice which is required to be given pursuant to
                  this  Agreement  shall be given by  delivery of said notice by
                  personal delivery, Federal Express or equivalent service or by
                  certified mail,  return receipt requested (the actual delivery
                  of said notice by express mail service or the posting of which
                  notice with the U.S. mails shall be deemed sufficient for this
                  purpose),  and such notices shall be to the parties in care of
                  the  addresses  set forth on the first page of this  Agreement
                  (or such other  address as the  parties  may direct by written
                  notice to the other party).  In case of Seller,  copies of all
                  notices  shall  be sent to  Garth F.  Weber,  Esq.  In case of
                  Buyer,  copies of all  notices  shall be sent to  Lawrence  B.
                  Seidman, Esq.

                                       17
<PAGE>


         22.5     Captions.  The captions and other  headings  contained in this
                  Agreement as to the contents of particular articles, sections,
                  paragraphs or other subdivisions contained herein are inserted
                  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and are in no way to be
                  construed as part of this  Agreement or as  limitations on the
                  scope of the  particular  articles,  sections,  paragraphs  or
                  other  subdivisions  to which  they refer and shall not affect
                  the interpretation or meaning of this Agreement.

         22.6     Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be controlled,  construed
                  and  enforced in  accordance  with and will be governed by the
                  laws of the State of New Jersey.

         22.7     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in
                  any number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an
                  original,  but all of which together shall  constitute one and
                  the same instrument.

         22.8     Parity.  This Agreement  shall be construed on a parity basis.
                  The Agreement is the result of  negotiation  between the Buyer
                  and the Seller and the identity of the draftsman  shall not be
                  utilized  in the  interpretation  of  any  provision  of  this
                  Agreement.

         22.9     Gender;  Context. Where the context shall indicate or require:
                  (a) all references to singular nouns or pronouns shall include
                  the plural,  and vice versa;  (b) the masculine  shall include
                  the  feminine,  and the neuter,  and vice  versa;  and (c) all
                  pronouns  shall be deemed  modified  to  reflect  the  correct
                  gender where so required.

                                       18

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have hereunto set their hands
and seals as of the day and year first above written.

WITNESS:                                    SELLER:

                         EAST MORRIS REALTY ASSOCIATES,
                                                     L.L.C.



/s/ Garth F. Weber                  By: /s/ Thomas J.Collins
- --------------------                ------------------------
Garth F. Weber                        Thomas J. Collins, Manager
                                      and Member


/s/ Garth F. Weber                  By: /s/ John E. Haug II
- -------------------                 ------------------------
Garth F. Weber                        John E. Haug, II, Manager
                                      and Member



WITNESS:                            BUYER:

                                    INTEGRATED ANALYTICAL
                                    LABORATORIES, LLC



/s/ Alan Belkin                     By: /s/Michael Leftin
- ------------------                  -------------------------
Alan Belkin                           Michael Leftin, Manager


<PAGE>

                CENTURY/INTERCOUNTY TITLE INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.
                             18 Hook Mountain Road,
                                 P.O. Box 607,
                              Pine Brook, NJ 07058,
                     Phone (201) 808-0770 Fax (201)227-6604

                         CHICAGO TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              COMMERCIAL COMMITMENT
                                   SCHEDULE A
                                    NUMBER 4
                                   (CONTINUED)


DESCRIPTION:                                         Title Number:     CHI 56402

All that certain  tract,  lot and parcel of land lying and being in the Township
of  Randolph  County of Morris and State of New Jersey  being more  particularly
described as:

BEGINNING  at a point in the center line of  Franklin  Road also known as Palmer
Road, where it is intersected by the easterly boundary of lands belonging to the
Township of Denville, said point beginning being distant 16.42 feet, on a course
of South 41 degrees 03 minutes  east from a monument  found on the north side of
the existing payment, and running; thence

1) passing  through said monument,  and along lands of the Township of Denville,
north 41 degrees,  03 minutes  west  439.47 feet to a monument in the  southerly
right of way line of the Erie  Lackawanna  Railroad;  thence
2) in an easterly  direction  along said southerly  line,  being parallel to and
distant  90 feet  southerly  from the old  center  line of the  Morris and Essex
Railroad,  along a curve curving to the left, having a radius of 2000.08 feet, a
length of 57.36 feet whose chord is south 84 degrees 41 minutes 29 seconds east,
57.35  feet,  to a point;  thence
3) still along said  Erie-Lackawanna  Railroad right of way line, in an easterly
direction along a spiral curving to the left, whose chord is north 88 degrees 05
minutes 50 seconds east, 203.04 feet to a point; thence
4) still along the southerly sideline of the  Erie-Lackawanna  Railroad right of
way along a curve curving to the left,  having a radius of 5819.65 feet a length
of 402.90 feet,  and whose chord is north 88 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds east,
402.79 feet to a point; thence
5) still  along said  southerly  sideline  being
along a spiral curve, whose chord is north 86 degrees 16 minutes 32 seconds east
100.85 feet to a point;  thence
6) still along said  southerly  sideline  north 86 degrees 06 minutes 30 seconds
east 154.75 feet to a point where is  intersected  by the division  line between
the Township of Randolph and the Township of Rockaway; thence
7) along said  boundary  and crossing a monument  marking the  division  between
Rockaway Township and Denville Township,  south 19 degrees 29 minutes 31 seconds
west 218.50 feet, to a point in the  centerline of the  aforementioned  Franklin
(Palmer) Road; thence
8) along the  centerline  in a westerly  direction  along a curve curving to the
left  having a radius of 191.106  feet a length of 77.58 feet and whose chord is
south 73 degrees 11 minutes 49 seconds west 77.05 feet to a point; thence
<PAGE>

9) still along said center line in a westerly direction along a curve curving to
the right having a radius of 613.43  feet, a length of 159.35 feet,  whose chord
is south 69 degrees 00 minutes 30 seconds  west 158.90  feet to a point;  thence
10) still along said center line south 76 degrees 27 minutes  west 70.00 feet to
a point;  thence
11) still along said center line south 80 degrees 27 minutes west 269.79 feet to
the point and place of BEGINNING.

Description  in  accordance  with a  survey  made by THE RBA GROUP THOMAS
R. BADENOCH,  NJLS,  dated May 18, 1987 revised September 10, 1987.

BEING units 1-10,  "Millbrook  Industrial  Park  Condominium"  together with 100
percent of the individual interest in the common elements thereto,  according to
the Master Deed dated  September 12, 1986 recorded  December 24, 1986, deed book
2911 page 122 and as same may now or hereafter be lawfully amended.


<PAGE>



                         DILLON, BITAR & LUTHER, L.L.C.
                               COUNSELLORS AT LAW

THOMAS J. BITAR                     53 MAPLE AVENUE         WORRALL F. MOUNTAIN
HENRY N. LUTHER, III                                             (1909-1992)
PETER E. HENRY                       P.O. BOX 39
ROBERT W. DELVENTHAL                                           SIDNEY G. DILLON
GARTH F. WEBER             MORRISTOWN, N.J. 07963-0398   WILLIAM E. BARDUSH, JR.
WILLIAM F. CAMPBELL, III                                      BARRY M. JOHNSTON
MARY A. POWERS                      __________________              RETIRED
PETER J. WOLFSON                    (973) 539-3100       DOROTHEA GARBER CRACAS
MICHAEL L. RICH                   FAX (973) 292-2960            OF COUNSEL
STEVEN B. GREENAPPLE
MARIE-LAURENCE FABIAN                                             ______
CHARLES V. QUINN
LAURA J. LANDE                         March 15,                ARNOLD M. STEIN
JACK V. VALINOTI                                            COUNSEL TO THE FIRM
LARA B. PENNINGTON
LEONARDO M. TAMBURELLO


     Laurence J. Rappaport, Esq.
     Bray, Chiocca, Rappaport & Rothstadt, L.L.C.
     Lanidex Executive Center
     100 Misty Lane
     Parsippany, New Jersey 07054-2710

         Re:      East Morris Realty Associates, L.L.C. - Sale
                  To Integrated Analytical Laboratories, LLC;
                  Premises at 273 Franklin Road, Randolph, NJ
                  --------------------------------------------

Dear Mr. Rappaport:

         We have been  advised  that your client has  requested  an extension of
time  to  obtain  a  mortgage   commitment   and   consummate   closing  in  the
above-referenced  matter.  Apparently,  this request has been made,  since Banco
Popular has made what your client considers an unreasonable  request  concerning
guaranty of the contemplated mortgage loan.

         My  client  has  indicated  that  it  is  agreeable  to  an  extension.
Accordingly,  please  consider  this letter as Seller's  agreement to extend the
mortgage  contingency  period to April 30, 2000 and the closing  date to May 15,
2000.  Would you please contact your client and confirm to me Buyer's  agreement
with respect to these two dates.

         If you have any questions, please call me.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             /s/ Garth F. Weber
                                             ------------------
                                             Garth F. Weber

GFW:jd
cc:      Mr. Thomas J. Collins
         Mr. John E. Haug, II




PNC Bank, N.A.                      201 898 4894 Fax
Corporate Banking Department
22 South Street
Morristown, NJ 07960




August 26, 1997
                                                                  PNCBANK



Richard  Greenberg, Managing Member
Integrated Analytical Laboratories, L.L.C.
273 Franklin Road
Randolph, NJ 07869

Re:  $425,000.00 Non-Revolving Committed Line of Credit

Dear Richard:

We are pleased to inform you that PNC Bank,  National  Association  (the "Bank")
has  approved  your  request  for a  non-revolving  committed  line of credit to
Integrated Analytical Laboratories,  L.L.C. (the "Borrower"). We look forward to
this opportunity to help you meet the financing needs of your business.  As your
primary bank, we want to supply all your banking needs.

All the details  regarding  your loan are outlined in the following  sections of
this letter. If these terms are satisfactory, please follow the instructions for
proceeding with your loan provided at the end of this letter.


1.       Type of Facility and Use of Proceeds. This is a committed non-revolving
         line of credit  (convertible  to a (4) four year term loan) under which
         the  Borrower  may  request  and the  Bank,  subject  to the  terms and
         conditions of this letter, will make advances to the Borrower from time
         to time until the Expiration Date, in an amount in the aggregate at any
         time outstanding not to exceed $425,000.00 (the "Line of Credit").  The
         "Expiration  Date"  means July 31,  1998,  or such later date as may be
         designated by the Bank by written notice to the Borrower.  Advances may
         be used for the  purchase  of  computerized  testing  equipment  in the
         maximum  amount of $275,000 and the financing of leasehold  improvement
         expenses in the maximum amount of $150,000.


2.       Interest Rate.  Interest on the unpaid balance of the Line of Credit
         advances will be charged at a rate per annum  which is at all  times
         equal to the sum of the rate of interest publicly  announced by the
         Bank from time to time as its prime rate (the "Prime  Rate") plus one
         quarter  percent  (1/4%).  At time of conversion to a four (4) year
         term loan,  the rate will be the Bank's 4 year cost of funds at the
         date of closing, plus 200 basis points (which shall be determined by
         the Bank in  accordance  with its  procedures in this regard).


3.       Repayment.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  letter,  the
         Borrower may borrow (but may not repay and reborrow), under the Line of
         Credit until the Expiration Date. Interest will be due and payable on a
         monthly basis,  and will be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days
         and paid on the actual  number of days  elapsed.  After the  Expiration
         Date (or earlier,  at  Borrower's  option,  advances  under this Credit
         Facility  shall be termed  out for a four (4) year  period  with  equal
         monthly principal payments, plus interest then due.






                                               Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95

<PAGE>




PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Integrated Analytical
Laboratories, L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 2







4.       Note.  The  obligation of the Borrower to repay loans under the Line of
         Credit shall be evidenced by a promissory note (the "Note") in form and
         content satisfactory to the Bank.

5.       Security.  The  Borrower  must cause the  following  to be executed and
         delivered to the Bank in form and content  satisfactory  to the Bank as
         security for the Line of Credit:

(x)               a guaranty  and  suretyship  agreement,  under  which  Richard
                  Greenberg,    Integrated   Analytical   Laboratories,    Inc.,
                  Environmental Waste Management Associates, Inc., Environmental
                  Waste  Management  Associates,   L.L.C.,  Environmental  Waste
                  Management  Associates  of Maryland,  Inc.,  and  Construction
                  Remediation   and   Maintenance,   L.L.C.   (individually   or
                  collectively,  the "Guarantors") will unconditionally  jointly
                  and severally guarantee the due and punctual payment of all
                  indebtedness owed to the Bank by the Borrower.

(x)               a  security  agreement  granting  the  Bank a  first  priority
                  perfected lien on the Borrower's existing and future accounts,
                  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,  chattel  paper,
                  documents and instruments.

         If the Line of  Credit  is  secured  by  inventory,  equipment  or real
         property, hazard insurance must be maintained on such property, in such
         amounts  and  with  such  coverages  as are  acceptable  to  the  Bank,
         containing a standard lender loss payable or mortgagee  clause in favor
         of the Bank.

6. Covenants Unless compliance is waived in writing by the Bank or until payment
in full and termination of the Line of Credit:

(a)               The Borrower will promptly submit to the Bank such information
                  relating to the Borrower'saffairs   (including  but  not
                  limited  to  annual  financialstatements and tax returns for
                  the Borrower and any guarantor) or any  security  for  the
                  Line of  Credit  as the  Bank  may reasonably request.

(b)               The Borrower  will not make or permit any change in the nature
                  of its business as carried on as of the date of this letter or
                  in its senior management or equity ownership.

(c)               The Borrower and the Guarantors  will comply with the
                  financial and other covenants included in Exhibit "A" hereto.









                                               Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95

<PAGE>




PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Integrated Analytical
Laboratories,  L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 3






7.       Representations  and Warranties.  To induce the Bank to extend the Line
         of Credit  and upon the  making of any  advance  to the  Borrower,  the
         Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

(a)               The Borrower's  latest  financial  statements  provided to the
                  Bank are true,  complete and accurate in all material respects
                  and  fairly  present  the  financial  condition,   assets  and
                  liabilities,   whether   accrued,   absolute,   contingent  or
                  otherwise and the results of the Borrower's operations for the
                  period specified therein.  The Borrower's financial statements
                  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
                  accounting  principles  consistently  applied  from  period to
                  period  subject  in the case of interim  statements  to normal
                  year-end  adjustments.  Since the date of the latest financial
                  statements provided to the Bank, the Borrower has not suffered
                  any damage, destruction or loss which has materially adversely
                  affected its business, assets, operations, financial condition
                  or results of operations.

(b)               There  are no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or  governmental
                  investigations  pending or, to the  knowledge of the Borrower,
                  threatened  against  the  Borrower  which  could  result  in a
                  material adverse change in its business,  assets,  operations,
                  financial  condition or results of operations  and there is no
                  basis known to the  Borrower  or its  officers,  directors  or
                  shareholders  for  any  such  action,  suit,   proceedings  or
                  investigation.

(c)               The  Borrower  has  filed all  returns  and  reports  that are
                  required  to be filed by it in  connection  with any  federal,
                  state or local tax, duty or charge levied, assessed or imposed
                  upon the  Borrower or its  property,  including  unemployment,
                  social  security and similar  taxes and all of such taxes have
                  been either paid or adequate  reserve or other  provision  has
                  been made therefor.

(d)               If not a  natural  person,  the  Borrower  is duly  organized,
                  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
                  state of its  incorporation  or organization and has the power
                  and authority to own and operate its assets and to conduct its
                  business  as now or  proposed  to be  carried  on, and is duly
                  qualified, licensed and in good standing to do business in all
                  jurisdictions where its ownership of property or the nature of
                  its business requires such qualification or licensing.

(e)               The  Borrower  has full power and  authority to enter into the
                  transactions  provided  for in this Letter  Agreement  and has
                  been duly authorized to do so by all necessary and appropriate
                  action and when executed and  delivered by the Borrower,  this
                  Letter  Agreement  and the other loan  documents  executed and
                  delivered pursuant hereto will constitute the legal, valid and
                  binding obligations of the Borrower  enforceable in accordance
                  with their terms.







                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95
<PAGE>


PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Integrated Analytical
Laboratories, L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 4






         (f)      There does not exist any default or  violation by the Borrower
                  of or under any of the terms,  conditions or  obligations  of:
                  (i)  its   organizational   documents;   (ii)  any  indenture,
                  mortgage,   deed  of  trust,  franchise,   permit,   contract,
                  agreement,  or other  instrument  to which it is a party or by
                  which it is  bound;  or (iii)  any  law,  regulation,  ruling,
                  order,  injunction,  decree,  condition  or other  requirement
                  applicable  to or imposed  upon the  Borrower by any law or by
                  any governmental authority, court or agency.


8.                Fees.  The Borrower will reimburse the Bank for the Bank's out
                  of pocket  expenses  incurred or to be incurred in  conducting
                  UCC, title and other public record searches, and in filing and
                  recording  documents  in the public  records  to  perfect  the
                  Bank's liens and security  interests.  The Borrower shall also
                  reimburse  the Bank for the  Bank's  expenses  (including  the
                  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  the  Bank's  outside  and
                  in-house  counsel) in documenting and closing this transaction
                  and in connection with any amendments, modifications, renewals
                  or enforcement actions relating to the Line of Credit.

9.                Depository.  The Borrower will establish and maintain at the
                  Bank the Borrower's  primary depository accounts.

10.               Additional Provisions. Before the first advance under the Line
                  of Credit, the Borrower agrees to sign and deliver to the Bank
                  the  Note  and  other   required   documents  and  such  other
                  instruments and documents as the Bank may reasonably  request,
                  such as  certified  resolutions,  incumbency  certificates  or
                  other evidence of authority. The Bank will not be obligated to
                  make any  advance  under  the Line of  Credit  if any Event of
                  Default  (as  defined  in the  Note) or event  which  with the
                  passage of time,  provision of notice or both would constitute
                  an Event of Default  under the Note shall have occurred and be
                  continuing.

Prior to execution of the final documents, the Bank may terminate this letter if
a material  adverse  change occurs with respect to the Borrower,  any guarantor,
any collateral for the Line of Credit or any other person or entity connected in
any way with the Line of Credit,  or if the Borrower fails to comply with any of
the terms and conditions of this letter,  or if the Bank  reasonably  determines
that any of the conditions cannot be met.

This letter is governed by the Laws of New Jersey.  No modification or waiver of
any of the terms of this letter will be valid and  binding  unless  agreed to in
writing  by the  Bank.  When  accepted,  this  letter  and the  other  documents
described herein will constitute the entire  agreement  between the Bank and the
Borrower   concerning   the  Line  of  Credit,   and  shall  replace  all  prior
understandings,  statements,  negotiations and written material  relating to the
Line of Credit.









                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95


<PAGE>


PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Integrated Analytical
Laboratories, L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 5






To accept these terms, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter as set forth
below and return it to the Bank within 15 days from the date of this letter.  If
accepted,  the final  documents must be executed within 30 days from the date of
this  letter,  or this letter may be  terminated  at the Bank's  option  without
liability or further obligation of the Bank.

Thank you for giving PNC Bank,  National  Association  this  opportunity to work
with your business.  We look forward to other ways in which we may be of service
to your business or to you personally.


Very truly yours,



PNC Bank, National Association



By:      /s/ Donna L. Keenan
         Donna L. Keenan

Title:     Vice President














                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95



<PAGE>




PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Integrated Analytical
Laboratories, L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 6




                                   ACCEPTANCE


With the intent to be legally bound hereby, the above terms and conditions are
hereby agreed to and accepted this  ___ day of  __________,   _____.

BORROWER:


Integrated Analytical Laboratories, L.L.C.

By:       /s/ Michael Leftin
         Michael Leftin
                                                                         (SEAL)
Title:___Managing Member




GUARANTORS:

                                                 Environmental Waste Management
                                                 Associates, L.L.C.

                                                 By:   /s/ RichardGreenberg
                                                       Richard Greenberg,
                                                          Managing Member


By:   /s/   Richard Greenberg                    Environmental Waste Management
        Richard Greenberg, Individually          Associates, Inc.

                                                 By:  /s/ Richard Greenberg
                                                    Richard Greenberg, President
Integrated Analytical Laboratories, Inc.


By:  /s/ Michael Leftin
     Michael Leftin, President
                                                  Environmental Waste Management
                                                  Associates of Maryland, Inc.

                                                  By:__________________________
Construction Remediation and Maintenance, L.L.C.     Jeff Burks, President


By:  /s/ Jeff K. Burks
        Jeff Burks, Managing Member


                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95


<PAGE>


PNCBANK












                                    EXHIBIT A



FINANCIAL REPORTING COVENANTS:

(x) The Borrower will deliver to the Bank:

(x) Financial Statements for its fiscal year, within 90 days after fiscal year
          end,  prepared on a reviewed  basis by a certified  public  accountant
          acceptable to the Bank.
(x)  Financial  Statements for each fiscal  quarter  except the fourth  quarter,
     within 45 days after the quarter end.

(x)  The Borrower will deliver to the Bank within 45 days following the close of
     each  fiscal  quarter,   the  Borrower's   detailed  schedule  of  accounts
     receivable aging report.


(x) The Guarantors will deliver to the Bank:


(x)  Personal  financial  statements  and  federal  income  tax  return for each
     calendar year, within 90 days after year end.

(x)  Financial  statements for its fiscal year, within 90 days after fiscal year
     end,  prepared  on a  reviewed  basis  by  a  certified  public  accountant
     acceptable to the Bank.

(x)  Financial  Statements for each fiscal  quarter  except the fourth  quarter,
     within 45 days after the quarter end.

(x)  The Guarantors  will deliver to the Bank within 45 days following the close
     of each fiscal  quarter,  their  detailed  schedule of accounts  receivable
     aging report.




                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95


PNC Bank, N.A.                      201 898 4894 Fax
Corporate Banking Department
22 South Street
Morristown, NJ 07960






August 26, 1997
                                                                   PNCBANK



Richard  Greenberg, Managing Member
Environmental Waste Management Associates, L.L.C.
100 Misty Lane
Parsippany, NJ 07054

Re:  $1,000,000.00 Committed Line of Credit

Dear Richard:

We are pleased to inform you that PNC Bank,  National  Association  (the "Bank")
has approved your request for a committed line of credit to Environmental  Waste
Management Associates, L.L.C. (the "Borrower"), which committed line is intended
as a renewal of the existing  committed line to  Environmental  Waste Management
Associates,  Inc.,  and not a novation.  We look forward to this  opportunity to
help you meet the  financing  needs of your  business.  As your primary bank, we
want to supply all your banking needs.

All the details  regarding  your loan are outlined in the following  sections of
this letter. If these terms are satisfactory, please follow the instructions for
proceeding with your loan provided at the end of this letter.


1,       Type of Facility  and Use of  Proceeds.  This is a committed  revolving
         line of credit  under  which the  Borrower  may  request  and the Bank,
         subject to the terms and conditions of this letter,  will make advances
         to the  Borrower  from time to time until the  Expiration  Date,  in an
         amount  in  the  aggregate  at  any  time  outstanding  not  to  exceed
         $1,000,000.00 (the "Line of Credit").  The "Expiration Date" means July
         31,  1998,  or such  later  date as may be  designated  by the  Bank by
         written  notice  to the  Borrower.  Advances  may be used  for  working
         capital or other general business purposes of the Borrower.


2.       Interest rate.  Interest on the unpaid balance of the Line of Credit
         advances will be charged at a rate per annum  which is at all  times
         equal to the sum of the rate of interest publicly  announced by the
         Bank from time to time as its prime rate (the "Prime Rate") plus one
         quarter percent (1/4%).

3.       Repayment.  Subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  letter,  the
         Borrower may borrow,  repay and reborrow until the Expiration  Date, on
         which the  outstanding  principal  balance  and any  accrued but unpaid
         interest shall be due and payable.  Interest will be due and payable on
         a monthly  basis,  and will be  computed  on the basis of a year of 360
         days  and  paid on the  actual  number  of days  elapsed.  Prior to the
         original  Expiration  Date,  and annually  thereafter if the Expiration
         date is extended, the Borrower must repay the Line of Credit in full so
         that there is no outstanding principal balance for a period of at least
         thirty (30) consecutive days.








                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95


<PAGE>


PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Environmental Waste Management
Associates L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 2






4.       Note.  The  obligation of the Borrower to repay loans under the Line of
         Credit shall be evidenced by a promissory note (the "Note") in form and
         content satisfactory to the Bank.

5.       Security.  The  Borrower  must cause the  following  to be executed and
         delivered to the Bank in form and content  satisfactory  to the Bank as
         security for the Line of Credit:

(x)               a guaranty  and  suretyship  agreement,  under  which  Richard
                  Greenberg,  Environmental Waste Management  Associates,  Inc.,
                  Integrated Analytical Laboratories, Inc. Integrated Analytical
                  Laboratories,    L.L.C.,    Environmental   Waste   Management
                  Associates of Maryland, Inc. and Construction  Remediation and
                  Maintenance,   L.L.C.   (individually  or  collectively,   the
                  "Guarantors")  will  unconditionally   jointly  and  severally
                  guarantee the due and punctual payment of all indebtedness
                  owed to the Bank by the Borrower.

(x)               a  security  agreement  granting  the  Bank a  first  priority
                  perfected lien on the Borrower's existing and future accounts,
                  inventory,  equipment,  general  intangibles,  chattel  paper,
                  documents and instruments.

(x)               The Bank Acknowledges that Greenberg Property,  L.L.C. intends
                  to  refinance  its first  commercial  mortgage  and its second
                  mortgage with a different financial institution.  Upon payment
                  in full of all obligations owed by Greenberg Property, L.L.C.,
                  in respect of the mortgage to PNC Bank,  the Bank will release
                  its mortgage claims on 100 Misty Lane, Parsippany,  NJ and any
                  guarantee of Greenberg  Property,  L.L.C. will be released and
                  returned.

         If the Line of  Credit  is  secured  by  inventory,  equipment  or real
         property, hazard insurance must be maintained on such property, in such
         amounts  and  with  such  coverages  as are  acceptable  to  the  Bank,
         containing a standard lender loss payable or mortgagee  clause in favor
         of the Bank.

6.       Covenants.  Unless compliance is waived in writing by the Bank or until
         payment in full and termination of the Line of Credit:

(a)               The Borrower will promptly submit to the Bank such information
                  relating to the Borrower's affairs   (including  but  not
                  limited  to  annual  financial statements and tax returns for
                  the Borrower and any guarantor)or any  security  for  the
                  Line of  Credit  as the  Bank  may reasonably request.

(b)               The Borrower  will not make or permit any change in the nature
                  of its business as carried on as of the date of this letter or
                  in its senior management or equity ownership.









<PAGE>

                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95


PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Environmental Waste Management
Associates L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 3





         (c)      The Borrower and the Guarantors will comply with the financial
                  and other covenants included in Exhibit "A" hereto.

7.       Representations  and Warranties.  To induce the Bank to extend the Line
         of Credit  and upon the  making of any  advance  to the  Borrower,  the
         Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

(a)               The Borrower's  latest  financial  statements  provided to the
                  Bank are true,  complete and accurate in all material respects
                  and  fairly  present  the  financial  condition,   assets  and
                  liabilities,   whether   accrued,   absolute,   contingent  or
                  otherwise and the results of the Borrower's operations for the
                  period specified therein.  The Borrower's financial statements
                  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
                  accounting  principles  consistently  applied  from  period to
                  period  subject  in the case of interim  statements  to normal
                  year-end  adjustments.  Since the date of the latest financial
                  statements provided to the Bank, the Borrower has not suffered
                  any damage, destruction or loss which has materially adversely
                  affected its business, assets, operations, financial condition
                  or results of operations.

(b)               There  are no  actions,  suits,  proceedings  or  governmental
                  investigations  pending or, to the  knowledge of the Borrower,
                  threatened  against  the  Borrower  which  could  result  in a
                  material adverse change in its business,  assets,  operations,
                  financial  condition or results of operations  and there is no
                  basis known to the  Borrower  or its  officers,  directors  or
                  shareholders  for  any  such  action,  suit,   proceedings  or
                  investigation.

(c)               The  Borrower  has  filed all  returns  and  reports  that are
                  required  to be filed by it in  connection  with any  federal,
                  state or local tax, duty or charge levied, assessed or imposed
                  upon the  Borrower or its  property,  including  unemployment,
                  social  security and similar  taxes and all of such taxes have
                  been either paid of adequate  reserve or other  provision  has
                  been made therefor.

(d)               If not a  natural  person,  the  Borrower  is duly  organized,
                  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
                  state of its  incorporation  or organization and has the power
                  and authority to own and operate its assets and to conduct its
                  business  as now or  proposed  to be  carried  on, and is duly
                  qualified, licensed and in good standing to do business in all
                  jurisdictions where its ownership of property or the nature of
                  its business requires such qualification or licensing.

(e)               The  Borrower  has full power and  authority to enter into the
                  transactions  provided  for in this Letter  Agreement  and has
                  been duly authorized to do so by all necessary and appropriate
                  action and when executed and  delivered by the Borrower,  this
                  Letter  Agreement  and the other loan  documents  executed and
                  delivered pursuant hereto will constitute the legal, valid and
                  binding obligations of the Borrower  enforceable in accordance
                  with their terms.







                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95
<PAGE>


PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Environmental Waste Management
Associates L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 4






         (f)      There does not exist any default or  violation by the Borrower
                  of or under any of the terms,  conditions or  obligations  of:
                  (i)  its   organizational   documents;   (ii)  any  indenture,
                  mortgage,   deed  of  trust,  franchise,   permit,   contract,
                  agreement,  or other  instrument  to which it is a party or by
                  which it is  bound;  or (iii)  any  law,  regulation,  ruling,
                  order,  injunction,  decree  condition  or  other  requirement
                  applicable  to or imposed  upon the  Borrower by any law or by
                  any governmental authority, court or agency.


8.                Fees.  The Borrower will reimburse the Bank for the Bank's out
                  of pocket  expenses  incurred or to be incurred in  conducting
                  UCC, title and other public record searches, and in filing and
                  recording  documents  in the public  records  to  perfect  the
                  Bank's liens and security  interests.  The Borrower shall also
                  reimburse  the Bank for the  Bank's  expenses  (including  the
                  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  the  Bank's  outside  and
                  in-house  counsel) in documenting and closing this transaction
                  and in connection with any amendments, modifications, renewals
                  or enforcement actions relating to the Line of Credit.

9.                Depository.  The Borrower  will  establish and maintain at the
                  Bank the Borrower's primary depository accounts.


10.               Additional Provisions. Before the first advance under the Line
                  of Credit, the Borrower agrees to sign and deliver to the Bank
                  the  Note  and  other   required   documents  and  such  other
                  instruments and documents as the Bank may reasonably  request,
                  such as  certified  resolutions,  incumbency  certificates  or
                  other evidence of authority. The Bank will not be obligated to
                  make any  advance  under  the Line of  Credit  if any Event of
                  Default  (as  defined  in the  Note) or event  which  with the
                  passage of time,  provision of notice or both would constitute
                  an Event of Default  under the Note shall have occurred and be
                  continuing.


Prior to execution of the final documents, the Bank may terminate this letter if
a material  adverse  change occurs with respect to the Borrower,  any guarantor,
any collateral for the Line of Credit or any other person or entity connected in
any way with the Line of Credit,  or if the Borrower fails to comply with any of
the terms and conditions of this letter,  or if the Bank  reasonably  determines
that any of the conditions cannot be met.

This letter is governed by the Laws of New Jersey.  No modification or waiver of
any of the terms of this letter will be valid and  binding  unless  agreed to in
writing  by the  Bank.  When  accepted,  this  letter  and the  other  documents
described herein will constitute the entire  agreement  between the Bank and the
Borrower   concerning   the  Line  of  Credit,   and  shall  replace  all  prior
understandings,  statements,  negotiations and written material  relating to the
Line of Credit.







                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95

<PAGE>



PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Environmental Waste Management
Associates L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 5






To accept these terms, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter as set forth
below and return it to the Bank within 15 days from the date of this letter.  If
accepted,  the final  documents must be executed within 30 days from the date of
this  letter,  or this letter may be  terminated  at the Bank's  option  without
liability or further obligation of the Bank.

Thank you for giving PNC Bank,  National  Association  this  opportunity to work
with your business.  We look forward to other ways in which we may be of service
to your business or to you personally.


Very truly yours,



PNC Bank, National Association



By:      /s/ Donna L. Keenan
             Donna L. Keenan

Title:     Vice President












                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95



<PAGE>




PNCBANK
Richard Greenberg
Environmental Waste Management
Associates L.L.C.
August 26, 1997
Page 6




                                   ACCEPTANCE


With the intent to be legally bound hereby,  the above terms and  conditions are
hereby agreed to and accepted this 28th day of August 1997.

BORROWER:


Environmental Waste Management Associates, L.L.C.



By:      /s/ Richard Greenberg
         Richard Greenberg
                                                                   (SEAL)
Title:     Managing Member




GUARANTORS:

By: /s/ Richard Greenberg              Integrated Analytical Laboratories, Inc.
    Richard Greenberg, Individually

                                       By:   /s/  Michael Leftin
                                              Michael Leftin, President
Environmental Waste Management Associates, Inc.


By: /s/ Richard Greenberg
    Richard Greenberg, President
                                    Integrated Analytical Laboratories, L.L.C.


                                      By:    /s/  Michael Leftin
                                              Michael Leftin, Managing Member
Environmental Waste Management Associates
of Maryland, Inc.


By: /s/ Jeff K. Burks


Construction Remediation and Maintenance L.L.C.


By  /s/ Jeff K. Burks

                                               Form 7A -Multistate Rev. 3/95

<PAGE>


PNCBANK

                                    EXHIBIT A



FINANCIAL REPORTING COVENANTS:

(x)  The Borrower will deliver to the Bank:

(x)  Financial  Statements for its fiscal year, within 90 days after fiscal year
     end,  prepared  on a  reviewed  basis  by  a  certified  public  accountant
     acceptable to the Bank.

(x)  Financial  Statements for each fiscal  quarter  except the fourth  quarter,
     within 45 days after the quarter end.

(x)  The Borrower will deliver to the Bank within 45 days following the close of
     each  fiscal  quarter,   the  Borrower's   detailed  schedule  of  accounts
     receivable aging report.


(x)      The Guarantors will deliver to the Bank:


(x)  Personal  financial  statements  and  federal  income  tax  return for each
     calendar year within 90 days after year end.

(x)  Financial  statements for its fiscal year, within 90 days after fiscal year
     end,  prepared  on a  reviewed  basis  by  a  certified  public  accountant
     acceptable to the Bank.

(x)  Financial  Statements for each fiscal  quarter  except the fourth  quarter,
     within 45 days after the quarter end.

(x)  The Guarantors  will deliver to the Bank within 45 days following the close
     of each fiscal  quarter,  their  detailed  schedule of accounts  receivable
     aging report.


         FINANCIAL COVENANTS:

(x)  The Borrower  will  maintain at all times a debt to capital  funds ratio of
     1.0x or less. Debt will be defined as total liabilities, less any liability
     subordinated to the Bank (if applicable).  Capital funds will be defined as
     corporate net worth, less intangible  assets,  including but not limited to
     loans to stockholders and affiliates.








                                                 Form 7A - Multistate Rev. 3/95



PNC Bank, N.A.                              973 881 5478 Tel
Corporate Banking                           973 881 5288 Fax
1 Garret Mountain Plaza
West Paterson, NJ  07424








February 22, 2000                                                      PNCBANK


Mr. Frank Russomanno, CFO
Environmental Waste Management Associates, L.L.C.
100 Misty Lane
Parsippany, NJ 07054


Re:  Extension/Renewal of Expiration Date for Committed Line of Credit


Dear Mr. Russomanno:

         We are  writing  to inform you that your  committed  line of credit has
been  temporarily  extended.  The Expiration  Date, as set forth in that certain
Letter Agreement dated August 26, 1997, and in the Committed Line of Credit Note
executed and delivered pursuant to that Letter Agreement, has been extended from
October 31, 1999 to April 30,  2000,  effective  on November 1, 1999.  All other
terms  and  conditions  of the  Committed  Line of  Credit  Note and the  Letter
Agreement remain in full force and effect.

Please note that this extension  through 4/30/2000 is subject to the receipt and
satisfactory  review of the 1/31/2000  accounts  receivable  aging and Borrowing
Base Certificate.


Very truly yours,

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


By:    /s/ Thomas Slater
       -----------------

Name:  Thomas Slater
       -----------------
Title: Assistant Vice President
       ------------------------


CC:      Environmental Waste Management Associates, Inc.
         Integrated Analytical Laboratories, Inc.
         Integrated Analytical Laboratories, L.L.C.
         Menlo Acquisition Corporation
         Richard Greenberg


<PAGE>




PNC Bank, N.A.                              973 881 5478 Tel
Corporate Banking                           973 881 5288 Fax
1 Garret Mountain Plaza
West Paterson, NJ  07424








February 22, 2000                                                      PNCBANK


Environmental Waste Management Associates, LLC
100 Misty Lane
P. O. Box 5430
Parsippany, NJ 07054
Attention:  Frank Russomanno, Chief Financial Officer

Re: $750,000.00 Committed Line of Credit ("Line of Credit") to EWMA, LLC
    ("Borrower") expired 10/31/99/Treasury Management Services from PNC Bank

Dear Mr. Russomanno:

Per our  discussion  of Monday,  2/14/2000,  the Bank has agreed to extend  your
Committed  Line  of  Credit  through  4/30/2000.  The  document  evidencing  the
extension has been  executed and is attached for your records.  Please note that
extension  of the line is  subject  to  receipt  of the  January  2000  accounts
receivable aging and Borrowing Base Certificate, which I expect to receive on or
before  3/8/2000.  The terms and conditions of the Committed Line of Credit Note
and Letter  Agreement,  including the financial  reporting  requirements,  shall
remain unchanged for the duration of the extension.

As we also  discussed  on  2/14/2000,  the Bank is not  willing  to  extend  the
Committed  Line of Credit beyond  4/30/2000.  We intend to cancel the line as of
the expiration date, and we encourage you to make other lending  arrangements as
soon as possible.

Please also be advised that your Treasury Management Services,  including Direct
Deposit  Payroll,  will terminate at the same time as the Line of Credit.  Those
products are tied together because of incidental  extensions of unsecured credit
which are  inherent  in the  Direct  Deposit  Payroll  product.  Once  again,  I
encourage  you to seek  another  provider as soon as possible  because  there is
typically  several weeks lead time necessary to establish such a service with no
inadvertent interruptions.

Despite the short tenure of our  relationship,  I wish you continued  success in
your "new" position at EWMA. You are a strong addition to the management team.

Sincerely,



/s/ Thomas E. Slater
AVP/Relationship Manager

CC:      Environmental Waste Management Associates, Inc.
         Integrated Analytical Laboratories, Inc.
         Integrated Analytical Laboratories, L.L.C.
         Menlo Acquisition Corporation
         Richard Greenberg




Exhibit Number 21 - Subsidiaries of the Registrant

                           Menlo Acquisition Corporation
                           Subsidiaries of the Registrant


         Name                 State of Incorporation       Percentage Ownership

  Environmental Waste
    Management Associates, LLC       New Jersey                    100%


  Environmental Waste
    Management Associates, Inc.      New Jersey                    100%


  Integrated Analytical
    Laboratories, LLC                New Jersey                    100%


  Integrated Analytical
    Laboratories, Inc.               New Jersey                    100%



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                  1000



<S>                                         <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                               12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                           Dec-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                              Jan-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                Dec-31-1999
<CASH>                                      1182
<SECURITIES>                                722
<RECEIVABLES>                               4669
<ALLOWANCES>                                614
<INVENTORY>                                 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            6093
<PP&E>                                      2053
<DEPRECIATION>                              965
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              7248
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       1936
<BONDS>                                     0
                       0
                                 0
<COMMON>                                    1
<OTHER-SE>                                  5142
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                7248
<SALES>                                     13594
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            13594
<CGS>                                       5243
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               5243
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                            7021
<LOSS-PROVISION>                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                          34
<INCOME-PRETAX>                             1426
<INCOME-TAX>                                564
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                         862
<DISCONTINUED>                              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                             0
<CHANGES>                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                862
<EPS-BASIC>                               .16
<EPS-DILUTED>                               .16





</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission